Organic light emitting diode and organic light emitting device including the same

ABSTRACT

An organic light emitting diode and an organic light emitting device including the organic light emitting diode are discussed. The organic light emitting diode can include a first compound represented by the following formula, a second compound as a p-type host and a third compound as an n-type host in an emitting material layer. As a result, the organic light emitting diode and the organic light emitting device have advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the lifespan.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to Korean Patent Application No.10-2021-0133077, filed in the Republic of Korea on Oct. 7, 2021, whichis expressly incorporated by reference into the present application.

BACKGROUND Technical Field

The present disclosure relates to an organic light emitting diode, andmore specifically, to an organic light emitting diode having excellentluminous efficiency and luminous lifespan and an organic light emittingdevice including the organic light emitting diode.

Discussion of the Related Art

An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display among a flat displaydevice used widely has come into the spotlight as a display devicereplacing rapidly a liquid crystal display device (LCD). The OLED can beformed as a thin organic film with a thickness less than 2000 Å and canimplement unidirectional or bidirectional images by electrodeconfigurations. Also, the OLED can be formed even on a flexibletransparent substrate such as a plastic substrate so that a flexible ora foldable display device can be realized with ease using the OLED. Inaddition, the OLED can be driven at a lower voltage and the OLED hasexcellent high color purity compared to the LCD.

The OLED includes an anode, a cathode and an emitting material layer,and the emitting material layer includes a host and a dopant (e.g., anemitter).

Since a fluorescent material as the dopant uses only singlet excitonenergy in the luminous process, the related art fluorescent materialshows low luminous efficiency. On the contrary, a phosphorescentmaterial can show high luminous efficiency since it uses triplet excitonenergy as well as singlet exciton energy in the luminous process.However, metal complex, representative phosphorescent material, hasshort luminous lifespan for commercial use.

In addition, the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of theOLED are affected by the exciton generation efficiency in the host andthe energy transfer efficiency from the host to the dopant.

Accordingly, development of materials of the emitting material layerbeing capable of improving the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED is required.

SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE

Accordingly, embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to anOLED and an organic light emitting device that substantially obviate oneor more of the problems associated with the limitations anddisadvantages of the related art.

An aspect of the present disclosure is to provide an OLED and an organiclight emitting device having excellent luminous efficiency and luminouslifespan.

Additional features and aspects will be set forth in the descriptionthat follows, and in part will be apparent from the description, or canbe learned by practice of the inventive concepts provided herein. Otherfeatures and aspects of the inventive concept can be realized andattained by the structure particularly pointed out in the writtendescription, or derivable therefrom, and the claims hereof as well asthe appended drawings.

To achieve these and other aspects of the inventive concepts, asembodied and broadly described, in one aspect, the present disclosureprovides an organic light emitting diode comprising: a first electrode;a second electrode facing the first electrode; and a first emitting partincluding a first red emitting material layer and positioned between thefirst and second electrodes, wherein the first red emitting materiallayer includes a first compound, a second compound and a third compound,wherein the first compound is represented by Formula 1-1: [Formula 1-1]

wherein M is molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), rhenium (Re), ruthenium(Ru), osmium (Os), rhodium (Rh), iridium (Ir), palladium (Pd), platinum(Pt) or silver (Ag); each of A and B is a carbon atom; R is anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroalicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic groupor an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group; each ofX¹ to X¹¹ is independently a carbon atom, CR¹ or N; only one of: a ring(a) with X³-X⁵, Y¹ and A; or a ring (b) with X⁸-X¹¹, Y² and B is formed;and if the ring (a) is formed, each of X³ and Y¹ is a carbon atom, X⁶and X⁷ or X⁷ and X⁸ forms an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀alicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclicring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring or anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring; and Y² is BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, orNR^(a), wherein R^(a) is an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylgroup or an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group; if thering (b) is forms, each of X⁸ and Y² is a carbon atom, X¹ and X² or X²and X³ forms an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic ring, anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring or an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring; and Y¹ is BR², CR²R³, C═O,SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, or NR^(a),wherein R^(a) is an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group oran unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group, each of R¹ to R³is independently hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogen atom,a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group, ahydrazine group, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylgroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrilegroup, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group or an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group, optionally, two adjacent R¹, and/or R² andR³ form an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic ring, anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring or an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring;

is an auxiliary ligand; m is an integer of 1 to 3; n is an integer of 0to 2; and m+n is an oxidation number of M, wherein the second compoundis represented by Formula 2-1:

wherein one of X¹² and X¹³ is a nitrogen atom (N), and the other one ofX¹² and X¹³ is an oxygen atom (O) or a sulfur atom (S); each of R⁴, R⁵and R⁶ is independently selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group; and L is selected from the groupconsisting of an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylene group andan unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroarylene group; and a is 0or 1, wherein the third compound is represented by Formula 3-1:

wherein X is NR⁸, O or S, R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀heteroaryl group, and R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides an organic lightemitting device comprising a substrate; and the above organic lightemitting diode positioned on or over the substrate.

It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description andthe following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory and areintended to provide further explanation of the inventive concepts asclaimed.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The accompanying drawings, which are included to provide a furtherunderstanding of the disclosure, are incorporated in and constitute apart of this application, illustrate embodiments of the disclosure andtogether with the description serve to explain principles of thedisclosure.

FIG. 1 is a schematic circuit diagram illustrating an organic lightemitting display device according to an embodiment of the presentdisclosure.

FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an organic light emittingdisplay device according to a first embodiment of the presentdisclosure.

FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to asecond embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to athird embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an organic light emittingdisplay device according to a fourth embodiment of the presentdisclosure.

FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to afifth embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to asixth embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to aseventh embodiment of the present disclosure.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE EMBODIMENTS

Reference will now be made in detail to aspects of the disclosure,examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings.

In the present disclosure, a dopant (e.g., an emitter), an n-type hostand a p-type host each having excellent optical property are included inan emitting material layer (EML) of an OLED so that the OLED hasadvantages in at least one of a driving voltage, a luminous efficiencyand a luminous lifespan. For example, the organic light emitting devicecan be an organic light emitting display device or an organic lightemitting lighting device. The explanation below is focused on theorganic light emitting display device including the OLED. All thecomponents of each OLED and each organic light emitting display deviceaccording to all embodiments of the present disclosure are operativelycoupled and configured.

FIG. 1 is a schematic circuit diagram illustrating an organic lightemitting display device according to the present disclosure.

As shown in FIG. 1 , an organic light emitting display device includes agate line GL, a data line DL, a power line PL, a switching thin filmtransistor TFT Ts, a driving TFT Td, a storage capacitor Cst, and anOLED D. The gate line GL and the data line DL cross each other to definea pixel region P. The pixel region can include a red pixel region, agreen pixel region and a blue pixel region.

The switching TFT Ts is connected to the gate line GL and the data lineDL, and the driving TFT Td and the storage capacitor Cst are connectedto the switching TFT Ts and the power line PL. The OLED D is connectedto the driving TFT Td.

In the organic light emitting display device, when the switching TFT Tsis turned on by a gate signal applied through the gate line GL, a datasignal from the data line DL is applied to the gate electrode of thedriving TFT Td and an electrode of the storage capacitor Cst.

When the driving TFT Td is turned on by the data signal, an electriccurrent is supplied to the OLED D from the power line PL. As a result,the OLED D emits light. In this case, when the driving TFT Td is turnedon, a level of an electric current applied from the power line PL to theOLED D is determined such that the OLED D can produce a gray scale.

The storage capacitor Cst serves to maintain the voltage of the gateelectrode of the driving TFT Td when the switching TFT Ts is turned off.Accordingly, even if the switching TFT Ts is turned off, a level of anelectric current applied from the power line PL to the OLED D ismaintained to next frame.

As a result, the organic light emitting display device displays adesired image.

FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an organic light emittingdisplay device according to a first embodiment of the presentdisclosure.

As shown in FIG. 2 , an organic light emitting display device 100includes a substrate 110, a TFT Tr on or over the substrate 110, aplanarization layer 150 covering the TFT Tr and an OLED D on theplanarization layer 150 and connected to the TFT Tr.

The substrate 110 can be a glass substrate or a flexible substrate. Forexample, the flexible substrate can be one of a polyimide (PI)substrate, a polyethersulfone (PES) substrate, a polyethylenenaphthalate(PEN) substrate, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate and apolycarbonate (PC) substrate.

A buffer layer 122 is formed on the substrate, and the TFT Tr is formedon the buffer layer 122. The buffer layer 122 can be omitted. Forexample, the buffer layer 122 can be formed of an inorganic insulatingmaterial, e.g., silicon oxide or silicon nitride.

A semiconductor layer 120 is formed on the buffer layer 122. Thesemiconductor layer 120 can include an oxide semiconductor material orpolycrystalline silicon.

When the semiconductor layer 120 includes the oxide semiconductormaterial, a light-shielding pattern can be formed under thesemiconductor layer 120. The light to the semiconductor layer 120 isshielded or blocked by the light-shielding pattern such that thermaldegradation of the semiconductor layer 120 can be prevented. On theother hand, when the semiconductor layer 120 includes polycrystallinesilicon, impurities can be doped into both sides of the semiconductorlayer 120.

A gate insulating layer 124 of an insulating material is formed on thesemiconductor layer 120. The gate insulating layer 124 can be formed ofan inorganic insulating material such as silicon oxide or siliconnitride.

A gate electrode 130, which is formed of a conductive material, e.g.,metal, is formed on the gate insulating layer 124 to correspond to acenter of the semiconductor layer 120. In FIG. 2 , the gate insulatinglayer 124 is formed on an entire surface of the substrate 110.Alternatively, the gate insulating layer 124 can be patterned to havethe same shape as the gate electrode 130.

An interlayer insulating layer 132 of an insulating material is formedon the gate electrode 130 and over an entire surface of the substrate110. The interlayer insulating layer 132 can be formed of an inorganicinsulating material, e.g., silicon oxide or silicon nitride, or anorganic insulating material, e.g., benzocyclobutene or photo-acryl.

The interlayer insulating layer 132 includes first and second contactholes 134 and 136 exposing both sides of the semiconductor layer 120.The first and second contact holes 134 and 136 are positioned at bothsides of the gate electrode 130 to be spaced apart from the gateelectrode 130.

The first and second contact holes 134 and 136 are formed through thegate insulating layer 124. Alternatively, when the gate insulating layer124 is patterned to have the same shape as the gate electrode 130, thefirst and second contact holes 134 and 136 is formed only through theinterlayer insulating layer 132.

A source electrode 144 and a drain electrode 146, which are formed of aconductive material, e.g., metal, are formed on the interlayerinsulating layer 132.

The source electrode 144 and the drain electrode 146 are spaced apartfrom each other with respect to the gate electrode 130 and respectivelycontact both sides of the semiconductor layer 120 through the first andsecond contact holes 134 and 136.

The semiconductor layer 120, the gate electrode 130, the sourceelectrode 144 and the drain electrode 146 constitute the TFT Tr. The TFTTr serves as a driving element. Namely, the TFT Tr is the driving TFT Td(of FIG. 1 ).

In the TFT Tr, the gate electrode 130, the source electrode 144, and thedrain electrode 146 are positioned over the semiconductor layer 120.Namely, the TFT Tr has a coplanar structure.

Alternatively, in the TFT Tr, the gate electrode can be positioned underthe semiconductor layer, and the source and drain electrodes can bepositioned over the semiconductor layer such that the TFT Tr can have aninverted staggered structure. In this instance, the semiconductor layercan include amorphous silicon.

The gate line and the data line cross each other to define the pixelregion, and the switching TFT is formed to be connected to the gate anddata lines. The switching TFT is connected to the TFT Tr as the drivingelement. In addition, the power line, which can be formed to be parallelto and spaced apart from one of the gate and data lines, and the storagecapacitor for maintaining the voltage of the gate electrode of the TFTTr in one frame can be further formed.

A planarization layer 150 is formed on an entire surface of thesubstrate 110 to cover the source and drain electrodes 144 and 146. Theplanarization layer 150 provides a flat top surface and has a draincontact hole 152 exposing the drain electrode 146 of the TFT Tr.

The OLED D is disposed on the planarization layer 150 and includes afirst electrode 160, which is connected to the drain electrode 146 ofthe TFT Tr through the drain contact hole 152, an organic light emittinglayer 162 and a second electrode 164. The organic light emitting layer162 and the second electrode 164 are sequentially stacked on the firstelectrode 160. For example, a red pixel region, a green pixel region anda blue pixel region can be defined on the substrate 110, and the OLED Dis positioned in each of the red, green and blue pixel regions. Namely,the OLEDs respectively emitting the red, green and blue light arerespectively positioned in each of the red, green and blue pixelregions.

A first electrode 160 is separately formed in each pixel and on theplanarization layer 150. The first electrode 160 can be an anode and canbe formed of a conductive material, e.g., a transparent conductive oxide(TCO), having a relatively high work function. For example, the firstelectrode 160 can be formed of indium-tin-oxide (ITO), indium-zinc-oxide(IZO), indium-tin-zinc-oxide (ITZO), tin oxide (SnO), zinc oxide (ZnO),indium-copper-oxide (ICO) or aluminum-zinc-oxide (Al:ZnO, AZO).

When the organic light emitting display device 100 is operated in abottom-emission type, the first electrode 160 can have a single-layeredstructure of the transparent conductive material layer. When the organiclight emitting display device 100 is operated in a top-emission type,the first electrode 160 can further include a reflection electrode or areflection layer. For example, the reflection electrode or thereflection layer can be formed of silver (Ag) oraluminum-palladium-copper (APC) alloy. In the top-emission type organiclight emitting display device 100, the first electrode 160 can have atriple-layered structure of ITO/Ag/ITO or ITO/APC/ITO.

A bank layer 166 is formed on the planarization layer 150 to cover anedge of the first electrode 160. Namely, the bank layer 166 ispositioned at a boundary of the pixel and exposes a center of the firstelectrode 160 in the pixel.

The organic emitting layer 162 is formed on the first electrode 160. Theorganic emitting layer 162 can have a single-layered structure of anemitting material layer. Alternatively, the organic emitting layer 162can further include at least one of a hole injection layer (HIL), a holetransporting layer (HTL), an electron blocking layer (EBL), a holeblocking layer (HBL), an electron transporting layer (ETL) and anelectron injection layer (EIL) to have a multi-layered structure. Inaddition, the organic emitting layer 162 can include at least two EMLs,which is spaced apart from each other, to have a tandem structure.

As illustrated below, in the OLED D in the red pixel region, the EML inthe organic emitting layer 162 includes a first compound being a reddopant (emitter), a second compound being a p-type host and a thirdcompound being an n-type host. As a result, in the OLED D, the drivingvoltage is decreased, and the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan are increased.

The second electrode 164 is formed over the substrate 110 where theorganic emitting layer 162 is formed. The second electrode 164 covers anentire surface of the display area and can be formed of a conductivematerial having a relatively low work function to serve as a cathode.For example, the second electrode 164 can be formed of aluminum (Al),magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), silver (Ag) or their alloy or combination.In the top-emission type organic light emitting display device 100, thesecond electrode 164 can have a thin profile (small thickness) toprovide a light transmittance property (or a semi-transmittanceproperty).

The organic light emitting display device 100 can further include acolor filter corresponding to the red, green and blue pixel regions. Forexample, red, green and blue color filter patterns can be formed in thered, green and blue pixel regions, respectively, so that the colorpurity of the organic light emitting display device 100 can be improved.In the bottom-type organic light emitting display device 100, the colorfilter can be disposed between the OLED D and the substrate 110, e.g.,between the interlayer insulating layer 132 and the planarization layer150. Alternatively, in the top-emission type organic light emittingdisplay device 100, the color filter can be disposed on or over the OLEDD, e.g., on or over the second electrode 164.

An encapsulation film 170 is formed on the second electrode 164 toprevent penetration of moisture into the OLED D. The encapsulation film170 includes a first inorganic insulating layer 172, an organicinsulating layer 174 and a second inorganic insulating layer 176sequentially stacked, but it is not limited thereto. The encapsulationfilm 170 can be omitted.

The organic light emitting display device 100 can further include apolarization plate for reducing an ambient light reflection. Forexample, the polarization plate can be a circular polarization plate. Inthe bottom-emission type organic light emitting display device 100, thepolarization plate can be disposed under the substrate 110. In thetop-emission type organic light emitting display device 100, thepolarization plate can be disposed on or over the encapsulation film170.

In addition, in the top-emission type organic light emitting displaydevice 100, a cover window can be attached to the encapsulation film 170or the polarization plate. In this instance, the substrate 110 and thecover window have a flexible property such that a flexible organic lightemitting display device can be provided.

FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to asecond embodiment of the present disclosure.

As shown in FIG. 3 , the OLED D1 includes the first and secondelectrodes 160 and 164 facing each other and the organic emitting layer162 therebetween. The organic emitting layer 162 includes a red EML 230.

The organic light emitting display device 100 (of FIG. 2 ) includes thered, green and blue pixel regions, and the OLED D1 can be positioned inthe red pixel region.

The first electrode 160 is an anode for injecting the hole, and thesecond electrode 164 is a cathode for injecting the electron. One of thefirst and second electrodes 160 and 164 is a reflective electrode, andthe other one of the first and second electrodes 160 and 164 is atransparent (semitransparent) electrode.

For example, the first electrode 160 can include a transparentconductive material, e.g., ITO or IZO, and the second electrode 164 caninclude one of Al, Mg, Ag, AlMg and MgAg.

The organic emitting layer 162 can further include at least one of theHTL 220 under the red EML 230 and the ETL 240 on or over the red EML230. Namely, the HTL 220 is disposed between the red EML 230 and thefirst electrode 160, and the ETL 240 is disposed between the red EML 230and the second electrode 164.

In addition, the organic emitting layer 162 can further include at leastone of the HIL 210 under the HTL 220 and the EIL 250 on the ETL 240.

The organic emitting layer 162 can further include at least one of theEBL between the HTL 220 and the red EML 230 and the HBL between the ETL240 and the red EML 230.

In the OLED D1 of the present disclosure, the red EML 230 can constitutean emitting part, or the red EML 230 and at least one of the HIL 210,the HTL 220, the EBL, the HBL, the ETL 240 and the EIL 250 canconstitute the emitting part.

The red EML 230 includes a first compound 232 being the red dopant, asecond compound 234 being the p-type host, e.g., a first host, and athird compound 236 being the n-type host, e.g., a second host. The redEML can have a thickness of 100 to 400 Å, e.g., 200 to 400 Å.

In the red EML 230, each of the second and third compounds 234 and 236can have a weight % being greater than the first compound 232. Forexample, in the red EML 230, the first compound 232 can have a weight %of 1 to 20, e.g., 5 to 15.

In addition, in the red EML 230, a ratio of the weight % between thesecond compound 234 and the third compound 236 can be 1:3 to 3:1. Forexample, in the red EML 230, the second and third compounds 234 and 236can have the same weight %.

The first compound 232 is represented by Formula 1-1. The first compound232 is an organometallic compound and has a rigid chemical conformationso that it can enhance luminous efficiency and luminous lifespan of theOLED D1.

wherein

M is molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), rhenium (Re), ruthenium (Ru), osmium(Os), rhodium (Rh), iridium (Ir), palladium (Pd), platinum (Pt) orsilver (Ag);

each of A and B is a carbon atom;

R is an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀aromatic group or an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromaticgroup;

each of X¹ to X¹¹ is independently a carbon atom, CR¹ or N;

only one of: a ring (a) with X³-X⁵, Y¹ and A; or a ring (b) with X⁸-X¹¹,Y² and B, is formed; and

if the ring (a) is formed,

-   -   each of X³ and Y¹ is a carbon atom,    -   X⁶ and X⁷ or X⁷ and X⁸ forms an unsubstituted or substituted        C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring, the unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀        hetero alicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀        aromatic ring or an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero        aromatic ring; and    -   Y² is BR², CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se,        SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, or NR^(a), wherein R^(a) is an unsubstituted or        substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group or an unsubstituted or        substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group;

if the ring (b) is forms,

-   -   each of X⁸ and Y² is a carbon atom,    -   X¹ and X² or X² and X³ forms an unsubstituted or substituted        C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀        hetero alicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀        aromatic ring or an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero        aromatic ring; and    -   Y¹ is BR², CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se,        SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, or NR^(a), wherein R^(a) is an unsubstituted or        substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group or an unsubstituted or        substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group,

each of R¹ to R³ is independently hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium,a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, anamidino group, a hydrazine group, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀alkenyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrilegroup, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group or an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group,

optionally,

two adjacent R¹, and/or R² and R³ form an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroalicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring oran unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring;

is an auxiliary ligand;

m is an integer of 1 to 3; and

n is an integer of 0 to 2; and

m+n is an oxidation number of M.

As used herein, the term “unsubstituted” means that the specified groupbears no substituents, and hydrogen is linked. In this case, hydrogencomprises protium, deuterium and tritium without specific disclosure.

As used herein, substituent in the term “substituted” comprises, but isnot limited to, unsubstituted or halogen-substituted C1-C20 alkyl,unsubstituted or halogen-substituted C1-C20 alkoxy, halogen, cyano,—CF3, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic group, a carbonyl group, an aminogroup, a C1-C10 alkyl amino group, a C6-C30 aryl amino group, a C3-C30hetero aryl amino group, a C6-C30 aryl group, a C3-C30 hetero arylgroup, a nitro group, a hydrazyl group, a sulfonate group, a C1-C20alkyl silyl group, a C1-C20 alkoxy silyl group, a C3-C20 cycloalkylsilyl group, a C6-C30 aryl silyl group and a C3-C30 hetero aryl silylgroup.

As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a branched or unbranchedsaturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methyl,ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl,n-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl,decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, and the like.

As used herein, the term “alkenyl” is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 20carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Thealkenyl group can be substituted with one or more substituents.

As used herein, the term “alicyclic” or “cycloalkyl” refers tonon-aromatic carbon-containing ring composed of at least three carbonatoms. Examples of alicyclic groups include, but are not limited to,cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and thelike. The alicyclic group can be substituted with one or moresubstituents.

As used herein, the term “alkoxy” refers to a branched or unbranchedalkyl bonded through an ether linkage represented by the formula—O(-alkyl) where alkyl is defined herein. Examples of alkoxy includemethoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, and tert-butoxy, and thelike.

As used herein, the term “alkyl amino” refers to a group represented bythe formula —NH(-alkyl) or —N(-alkyl)₂ where alkyl is defined herein.Examples of alkyl amino represented by the formula —NH(-alkyl) include,but not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylaminogroup, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylamino group,(sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylamino group,isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group, andthe like. Examples of alkyl amino represented by the formula —N(-alkyl)₂include, but not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group,dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group,diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)aminogroup, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)aminogroup, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group,N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.

As used herein, the term “aromatic” or “aryl” is well known in the art.The term includes monocyclic rings linked covalently or fused-ringpolycyclic groups. An aromatic group can be unsubstituted orsubstituted. Examples of aromatic or aryl include phenyl, 1-naphthyl,2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthracenyl and the like.Substituents for each of the above noted aryl ring systems areacceptable substituents are defined herein.

As used herein, the term “alkyl silyl group” refers to any linear orbranched, saturated or unsaturated acyclic or acyclic alkyl, and thealkyl has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl silyl groupinclude a trimethylsilyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, at-butyldimethylsilyl group, a vinyldimethylsilyl group, apropyldimethylsilyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, a diphenylsilylgroup, and a phenylsilyl group.

As used herein, the term “halogen” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromineor iodine atom.

As used herein, the term “hetero” in such as “a hetero aromatic ring”,“a hetero cycloalkylene group”, “a hetero arylene group”, “a hetero arylalkylene group”, “a hetero aryl oxylene group”, “a hetero cycloalkylgroup”, “a hetero aryl group”, “a hetero aryl alkyl group”, “a heteroaryloxyl group”, “a hetero aryl amino group” and “a hetero aryl silylgroup” means that at least one carbon atom, for example 1-5 carbonsatoms, constituting an aromatic ring or an alicyclic ring is substitutedwith at least one hetero atom selected from the group consisting of N,O, S, Si, Se, P, B and combination thereof.

As used herein, the term “hetero aromatic” or “hetero aryl” refers to aheterocycle including hetero atoms selected from N, O and S in a ringwhere the ring system is an aromatic ring. The term includes monocyclicrings linked covalently or fused-ring polycyclic groups. A heteroaromatic group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Examples of heteroaromatic or hetero aryl include pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazinyl,pyrimidinyl, thienyl (alternatively referred to as thiophenyl),thiazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl,oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.

As used herein, the term “hetero aryl oxy” refers to a group representedby the formula —O-(hetero aryl) where hetero aryl is defined herein.

For example, when each of R and R¹ to R³ in Formula 1-1 is independentlya C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group, each of R and R¹ to R³ can be independentlyselected from the group consisting of, but is not limited to, a C₆-C₃₀aryl group, a C₇-C₃₀ aryl alkyl group, a C₆-C₃₀ aryl oxy group and aC₆-C₃₀ aryl amino group. As an example, when each of R and R¹ to R³ isindependently a C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, each of R and R¹ to R³ can beindependently selected from the group consisting of, but is not limitedto, an unfused or fused aryl group such as phenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl,naphthyl, anthracenyl, pentalenyl, indenyl, indeno-indenyl, heptalenyl,biphenylenyl, indacenyl, phenalenyl, phenanthrenyl, benzo-phenanthrenyl,dibenzo-phenanthrenyl, azulenyl, pyrenyl, fluoranthenyl, triphenylenyl,chrysenyl, tetraphenylenyl, tetracenyl, pleiadenyl, picenyl,pentaphenylenyl, pentacenyl, fluorenyl, indeno-fluorenyl andspiro-fluorenyl.

Alternatively, when each of R and R¹ to R³ in Formula 1 is independentlya C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group, each of R and R¹ to R³ can beindependently selected from the group consisting of, but is not limitedto, a C₃-C₃₀ hetero aryl group, a C₄-C₃₀ hetero aryl alkyl group, aC₃-C₃₀ hetero aryl oxy group and a C₃-C₃₀ hetero aryl amino group. As anexample, when each of R and R¹ to R³ is independently a C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group, each of R and R¹ to R³ can be independently selected fromthe group consisting of, but is not limited to, an unfused or fusedhetero aryl group such as pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl,pyridazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, indolyl,iso-indolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, pyrrolizinyl, carbazolyl,benzo-carbazolyl, dibenzo-carbazolyl, indolo-carbazolyl,indeno-carbazolyl, benzo-furo-carbazolyl, benzo-thieno-carbazolyl,carbolinyl, quinolinyl, iso-quinolinyl, phthlazinyl, quinoxalinyl,cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolizinyl, purinyl, benzo-quinolinyl,benzo-iso-quinolinyl, benzo-quinazolinyl, benzo-quinoxalinyl, acridinyl,phenazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenanthrolinyl, perimidinyl,phenanthridinyl, pteridinyl, naphthyridinyl, furanyl, pyranyl, oxazinyl,oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, dioxinyl, benzo-furanyl,dibenzo-furanyl, thiopyranyl, xanthenyl, chromenyl, iso-chromenyl,thioazinyl, thiophenyl, benzo-thiophenyl, dibenzo-thiophenyl,difuro-pyrazinyl, benzofuro-dibenzo-furanyl,benzothieno-benzo-thiophenyl, benzothieno-dibenzo-thiophenyl,benzothieno-benzo-furanyl, benzothieno-dibenzo-furanyl, xanthene-linkedSpiro acridinyl, dihydroacridinyl substituted with at least one C₁-C₁₀alkyl and N-substituted spiro fluorenyl.

As an example, each of the aromatic group or the hetero aromatic groupof R and R¹ to R³ can consist of one to three aromatic or heteroaromatic rings. When the number of the aromatic or hetero aromatic ringsof R and R¹ to R³ is more than three, conjugated structure in the firstcompound 232 becomes too long, thus, the first compound 232 can have toonarrow energy bandgap. For example, each of the aryl group or the heteroaryl group of R and R¹ to R³ can be independently selected from thegroup consisting of, but is not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl,anthracenyl, pyrrolyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl,pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, benzo-furanyl,dibenzo-furanyl, thiophenyl, benzo-thiophenyl, dibenzo-thiophenyl,carbazolyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, phenoxazinyl andphenothiazinyl.

Alternatively, two adjacent R¹, and/or R² and R³ can form anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring (e.g., a C₅-C₁₀alicyclic ring), an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclicring (e.g., a C₃-C₁₀ hetero alicyclic ring), an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring (e.g., a C₆-C₂₀ aromatic ring) or anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring (e.g., a C₃-C₂₀hetero aromatic ring). The alicyclic ring, the hetero alicyclic ring,the aromatic ring and the hetero aromatic ring formed by: two adjacentR¹; or R² and R³, are not limited to specific rings. For example, thearomatic ring or the hetero aromatic ring formed by those groups can beindependently selected from the group consisting of, but is not limitedto, a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, an indole ring, a pyran ring, afluorene ring unsubstituted or substituted with at least one C₁-C₁₀alkyl group.

The first compound 232 being the organometallic compound having thestructure of Formula 1-1 has a ligand with fused with multiple aromaticand/or hetero aromatic rings, thus it has narrow full-width at halfmaximum (FWHM) in photoluminescence spectrum. Particularly, since thefirst compound 232 has a rigid chemical conformation, its conformationis not rotated in the luminous process so that it can maintain goodluminous lifespan. In addition, since the first compound 232 hasspecific ranges of photoluminescence emissions, the color purity of thelight emitted from the first compound 232 can be improved.

In addition, the first compound 232 can be a heteroleptic metal complexincluding two different bidentate ligands coordinated to the centralmetal atom. (n is a positive integer in Formula 1-1) Thephotoluminescence color purity and emission colors of the first compound232 can be controlled with ease by combining two different bidentateligands. Moreover, it is possible to control the color purity andemission peaks of the first compound 232 by introducing varioussubstituents to each of the ligands. For example, the first compound 232having the structure of Formula 1-1 can emit yellow to red colors andcan improve luminous efficiency of an organic light emitting diode.

In one exemplary aspect, the first compound 232 can have the ring (a)with X³-X⁵, Y¹ and A to be represented by Formula 1-2.

wherein each of X²¹ to X²⁷ is independently CR¹ or N; Y³ is BR², CR²R³,C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, or NR^(a);and each of M, R,

m, n, to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1.

In an alternative aspect, the first compound 232 can have the ring (b)with X⁸-X¹¹, Y² and B to be represented by Formula 1-3

wherein each of X³¹ to X³⁸ is independently CR¹ or N; Y⁴ is BR², CR²R³,C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, or NR^(a);each of M,

m, n, R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1.

For example, M can be iridium (Ir), palladium (Pd) or platinum (Pt). X³¹to X³⁸ can be CR¹. R¹ can be selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, protium, deuterium and a C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group unsubstituted orsubstituted with deuterium, or optionally, two of les of X³¹ to X³³ canform a C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring unsubstituted or substituted with a C₁-C₂₀alkyl group. Y⁴ can be CR²R³, N^(a) or O. Each of R² and R³ can beindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, protium,deuterium, a C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group unsubstituted or substituted withdeuterium and a C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group (aryl group). In addition, one ofm and n can be 1, and the other one of m and n can be 2.

More particularly, in Formula 1-2, X²⁵ and X²⁶ are connected to eachother to form an aromatic ring or a hetero aromatic ring so that thefirst compound 232 can be represented by Formula 1-4. Alternatively, inFormula 1-2, X²⁶ and X²⁷ are connected to each other to form an aromaticring or a hetero aromatic ring so that the first compound 232 can berepresented by Formula 1-5.

wherein each of X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ is independently CR¹ or N; each of M, R,

m, n and R¹ to R³ is same as defined in Formula 1-1; and X²¹ to X²⁴ andY³ is same as defined in Formula 1-2;

Alternatively, in Formula 1-3, X³¹ and X³ are connected to each other toform an aromatic ring or a hetero aromatic ring so that the firstcompound 232 can be represented by Formula 1-6. Alternatively, inFormula 1-3, X³² and X³³ are connected to each other to form an aromaticring or a hetero aromatic ring so that the first compound 232 can berepresented by Formula 1-7.

wherein each of X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ is independently CR¹ or N; M,

m, n, R¹ to R³ is same as defined in Formula 1-1; and each of X³⁴ to X³⁸and Y⁴ is same as defined in Formula 1-3.

For example, M can be iridium (Ir), palladium (Pd) or platinum (Pt). Oneof X³⁴ to X³⁸ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ can be N, and the rest of X³⁴ to X³⁸ andX⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ can be CR¹. Y⁴ can be CR²R³, N^(a), O or S. R¹ can beselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, protium, deuterium, aC₁-C₂₀ alkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with deuterium, a C₁-C₂₀alkyl silyl group, a C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group (aryl group) or a C₃-C₃₀hetero aromatic group (hetero aryl group). Each of R² and R³ can beindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, protium,deuterium, a C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group unsubstituted or substituted withdeuterium, a C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, a C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, aC₆-C₃₀ aromatic group (aryl group) or a C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group(hetero aryl group), or optionally, two adjacent R¹, and/or R² and R¹can form a C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring, a C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic ring, aC₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring or a C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring.

For example, in Formula 1-1, the auxiliary ligand

can be a bidentate ligand wherein Z¹ and Z² are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and aphosphorus atom. The bidentate ligand can be acetylacetonate-containingligand, or N,N′- or N,O-bidentate anionic ligand.

As an example, the center coordination metal can be iridium and theauxiliary ligand

can be an acetylacetonate-containing ligand. Namely, the first compound232 can be represented by one of Formulas 1-8 to 1-11:

wherein R in Formulas 1-8 and 1-9 is same as defined in Formula 1-1;each of X²¹ to X²⁴, X³⁴ to X³⁸, X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ isindependently CR¹ or N; each of Y³ and Y⁴ is independently BR², CR²R³,C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te or TeO₂, orNR^(a); each of R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1;each of R¹¹ to R¹³ is independently selected from the group consistingof hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogen atom, a hydroxylgroup, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group, a hydrazinegroup, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylgroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrile group, anisonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀aromatic group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaromatic group; m is an integer of 1 to 3; n is an integer of 0 to 2;and wherein m+n is 3.

In Formula 1-1, M can be iridium, one of Z¹ and Z² can be an oxygenatom, and the other one of Z¹ and Z² can be a nitrogen atom. Namely, thefirst compound 232 can be represented by one of Formulas 1-12 to 1-15.

wherein R in Formulas 1-12 and 1-13 is same as defined in Formula 1-1;each of X²¹ to X²⁴, X³⁴ to X³⁸, X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ isindependently CR¹ or N; each of Y³ and Y⁴ is independently BR², CR²R³,C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te or TeO₂, orNR^(a); each of R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1;each of R⁶¹ to R⁶⁴ is independently selected from the group consistingof hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogen atom, a hydroxylgroup, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group, a hydrazinegroup, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylgroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrile group, anisonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀aromatic group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaromatic group; m is an integer of 1 to 3; n is an integer of 0 to 2;and wherein m+n is 3.

In Formula 1-1, M can be iridium, Z¹ and Z² can be a nitrogen atom.Namely, the first compound 232 can be represented by one of Formulas1-16 to 1-23.

wherein R in Formulas 1-16, 1-17, 1-20 and 1-21 is same as defined inFormula 1-1; each of X²¹ to X²⁴, X³⁴ to X³⁸, X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵is independently CR¹ or N; each of Y³ and Y⁴ is independently BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te or TeO₂,or NR^(a); each of R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1;m is an integer of 1 to 3, n is an integer of 0 to 2, and wherein m+n is3; each of R⁷¹ to R⁷³ in Formulas 1-16 to 1-19 is independently selectedfrom the group consisting of hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, ahalogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidinogroup, a hydrazine group, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀alkenyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrilegroup, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group and an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group; each of R⁸¹ to R⁸⁵ in Formulas 1-20 to1-23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyanogroup, a nitro group, an amidino group, a hydrazine group, a hydrozonegroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀alkoxy group, an amino group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀alkyl amino group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silylgroup, a carboxyl group, a nitrile group, an isonitrile group, asulfanyl group, a phosphino group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroalicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic groupand an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group.

For example, the first compound 232 represented by Formula 1-8 can beone of the compounds in Formula 1-24.

For example, the first compound 232 represented by Formula 1-9 can beone of the compounds in Formula 1-25.

For example, the first compound 232 represented by Formula 1-10 can beone of the compounds in Formula 1-26.

When Y4 in Formula 1-11 is an unsubstituted or substituted carbon atom,i.e., CH₂ or CR²R³, the first compound 232 can be one of the compoundsin Formula 1-27.

When Y4 in Formula 1-11 is an unsubstituted or substituted hetero atom,i.e., NR^(a) or O, the first compound 232 can be one of the compounds inFormula 1-28.

For example, the first compound 232 can be one of the compounds inFormula 1-29.

Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound 369 (Compound RD7 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound B-1

Compound A-1 (5-bromoquinoline, 50.0 g, 240.33 mmol), propan-2-ylboronicacid (42.25 g, 480.65 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃(tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0), 6.6 g, 3 mol %), SPhos(2-dicyclichexhylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl, 9.9 g, 24.03 mmol),potassium phosphate monohydrate (276.71 g, 1.2 mol) and toluene (1000mL) were put into a reaction vessel, and then the solution was stirredat 120° C. for 12 hours. After the reaction was complete, the solutionwas cooled down to a room temperature and the solution was extractedwith ethyl acetate to remove the solvent. A crude product was purifiedwith column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate and hexane) to givethe compound B-1 (5-isopropylquinoline, 35.4 g, yield: 86%).

MS (m/z): 171.10

(2) Synthesis of Compound C-1

The compound B-1 (5-isopropylquinoline, 35.4 g, 206.73 mmol), mCBPA(3-chloroperbenzoic acid, 53.5 g, 310.09 mmol) and dichloromethane (500mL) were put into a reaction vessel, and then the solution was stirredat room temperature for 3 hours. Sodium sulfite (80 g) was added intothe solution, the organic layer was washed with water and then placedunder reduced pressure to give the compound C-1 (27.5 g, yield: 71%).

MS (m/z): 187.10

(3) Synthesis of Compound D1

The compound C-1 (27.5 g, 146.87 mmol) dissolved in toluene (500 mL) wasput into a reaction vessel, phosphoryl trichloride (POCl₃, 45.0 g,293.74 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA, 38.0 g, 293.74 mmol) wereadded into the vessel, and then the solution was stirred at 120° C. for4 hours. The reactants ware placed under reduced pressure to remove thesolvent and extracted with dichloromethane, and then the organic layerwas washed with water. Water was removed with MgSO₄, the crude productwas filtered and then the solvent was removed. The crude product waspurified with column chromatography to give the compound D-1(2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 11.8 g, yield: 39%).

MS (m/z); 205.07

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-1

The compound E-1 (1-naphthoic acid, 50 g, 290.30 mmol) and SOCl₂ (200mL) were put into a reaction vessel, the solution was refluxed for 4hours, SOCl₂ was removed, ethanol (200 mL) was added, and then thesolution was stirred at 70° C. for 7 hours. Water was added, the organiclayer was extracted with ether, water was removed with MgSO₄ and thenthe solution was filtered. The solution was placed under reducedpressure to remove the solvent and to give the compound F-1(ethyl-1-naphthoate, 53.2 g, yield: 90%).

MS (m/z): 200.08

(5) Synthesis of Compound G-1

The compound F-1 (ethyl-1-naphthoate, 52.3 g, 261.20 mmol), NBS(N-bromosuccinimide, 51.14 g, 287.32 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂(palladium(II)acetate, 0.6 g, 2.61 mmol), Na₂S₂O₈ (124.4 g, 522.40 mmol)and dichloromethane (500 mL) were put into a reaction vessel, TfOH(Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, 19.6 g, 130.60 mmol) was added into thereaction vessel, and then the solution was stirred at 70° C. for 1 hour.The reactants were cooled to room temperature, the reaction was completeusing NaHCO₃, and then was extracted with dichloromethane. Water in theorganic layer was removed with MgSO₄, the solvent was removed, and thenthe crude product was purified with column chromatography (eluent:petroleum ether and ethyl acetate) to give the compound G-1(ethyl-8-bromonaphthalene-1-carboxylate, 54.0 g, yield: 74%).

MS (m/z): 277.99

(6) Synthesis of Compound H-1

The compound G-1 (ethyl-8-bromonaphthalene-1-carboxylate, 54.0 g, 193.46mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (58.6 g, 232.15 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂([1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), 7.1 g,9.67 mmol), KOAc (potassium acetate, 57.0 g, 580.37 mmol) and1,4-dioxane (500 mL) were put into a reaction vessel, and then thesolution was stirred at 100° C. for 4 hours. The reactants were cooledto room temperature, extracted with ethyl acetate, then water in theorganic layer was removed with MgSO₄, and then the solution was filteredand placed under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The crudeproduct was purified with column chromatography (eluent: hexane andethyl acetate) to give the compound H-1(ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate,54.3 g, yield: 86%).

MS (m/z): 326.17

(7) Synthesis of Compound I-1

The compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62 mmol), thecompound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene caroboylate,17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂ (0.5 g, 2.43 mmol), PPh₃(chloro(tripphenylphosphine)[2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II),2.6 g, 9.72 mmol), K₂CO₃ (20.2 g, 145.86 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) andwater (100 mL) were put into a reaction vessel, and then the solutionwas stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. The reactants ware cooled to roomtemperature and extracted with ethyl acetate, water in the organic layerwas removed with MgSO₄, and then the solution was filtered and placedunder reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The crude product waspurified with column chromatography (eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate)to give the compound I-1 (ethyl8-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate, 13.5 g, yield:75%).

MS (m/z): 369.17

(8) Synthesis of Compound J-1

The compound I-1 (ethyl8-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate, 13.5 g, 36.6mmol) and THF (100 mL) were put into a reaction vessel and then CH₃MgBr(21.8 g, 182.70 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction vessel at 0°C. The solution was raised to room temperature, the reaction wascomplete after 12 hours, was extracted with ethyl acetate, water in theorganic layer was removed with MgSO₄, and then the solution was filteredand placed under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The crudeproduct was purified with column chromatography (eluent: hexane andethyl acetate) to give the compound J-1(2-(1-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-8-yl)propan-2-ol, 6.9 g,yield: 53%).

MS (m/z): 355.19

(9) Synthesis of Compound K-1

The compound J-1(2-(1-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-8-yl)propan-2-ol, 20 g,56.26 mmol) and a mixed aqueous solution (200 mL) of acetic acid andsulfuric acid were put into a reaction vessel, and then the solution wasrefluxed for 16 hours. After the reaction was complete, the solution wascooled to room temperature, and then the reactants were added dropwiseinto sodium hydroxide aqueous solution with ice. The organic layer wasextracted with dichloromethane and water was removed with MgSO₄. Thesolvent was removed and then the crude product was recrystallized withtoluene and ethanol to give the compound K-1(9-isopropyl-7,7-dimethyl-7H-naphtho[1,8-bc]acridine, 10.25 g, yield:54%) of yellow solid.

MS (m/z): 337.18

(10) Synthesis of Compound L-1

The compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37 mmol), 2-ethoxyethanol (200 mL) anddistilled water (50 mL) were put into a reaction vessel, the solutionwas bubbled with nitrogen for 1 hour, IrCl₃.H₂O (4.4 g, 13.81 mmol) wasadded into the reaction vessel, and then the solution was refluxed for 2days. After the reaction was complete, the solution was cooled to roomtemperature, and then the obtained solid was filtered. The solid waswashed with hexane and water and dried to give the compound L-1 (4.0 g,yield: 32%).

(11) Synthesis of Compound 369

The compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol), 3,7-diethylnonane-4,6-dione (4.7 g,22.09 mmol), Na₂CO₃ (4.7 g, 441.8 mmol) and 2-ethoxyethanol (100 mL)were put into a reaction vessel, and then the solution was stirredslowly for 24 hours. After the reaction was complete, dichloromethanewas added into the reactants to dissolve product, and then the solutionwas filtered with celite. The solvent was removed, the solid wasfiltered using filter paper, then the filtered solid was put intoisopropanol, and then the solution was stirred. The solution wasfiltered to remove isopropanol, and the solution was dried andrecrystallized with dichloromethane and isopropanol. High purity ofcompound 369 (2.5 g, yield: 53%) was obtained using a sublimationpurification instrument.

MS (m/z): 1076.48

Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of compound 2 (compound RD5 in Formula 8)(1) Synthesis of Compound C-2

The compound C-2 (ethyl 3-6-(isopropylisoqunolin-1-yl)-naphthoate (14.4g, yield: 80%) was obtained by repeating the synthesis process of thecompound I-1 except that the compound A-2(1-chloro-6-isopropylisoquinoline, 10 g, 48.62 mmol) and compound B-2(ethyl 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)-2-naphthoate(17.45 g, 53.50 mmol) were used instead of the compound D-1(2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62 mmol) and the compound H-1(ethyl 8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolanyl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate, respectively.

MS (m/z): 369.17

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-2

The compound D-2(2-(3-(6-isopropylisoquinolin-1-yl)naphthalen-2-yl)propan-2-ol, 6.9 g,yield: 50%) was obtained by repeating the synthesis process of thecompound J-1 except that the compound C-2 (ethyl3-(6-isopropylisoquinolin-1-yl)-2-naphthoate, 14.4 g, 39.0 mmol) wasused instead of the compound I-1 (ethyl8-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate, 13.5 g, 36.5mmol).

MS (m/z): 355.19

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-2

The compound E-2(5-isopropyl-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[de]naphtha[2,3-h]quinolone, 11.39 g,yield: 60%) was obtained by repeating the synthesis process of theCompound K-1 except that the compound D-2(2-(3-(6-isopropylisoquinolin-1-yl)naphthalen-2-yl)propan-2-ol, 20 g,56.26 mmol) was used instead of the compound J-1(2-(1-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-8-yl)propan-2-ol, 20 g,56.26 mmol).

MS (m/z): 337.18

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-2

The compound F-2 (4.7 g, yield: 34%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the Compound L-1 except that the compound E-2(11.39 g, 33.76 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g,30.37 mmol).

(5) Synthesis of Compound 2

The compound 2 (3.2 g, yield: 57%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the Compound F-2 (4.7 g,2.61 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1076.48

Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Compound 501 (Compound RD8 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-3

The compound C-3 (ethyl 8-6-(isopropylisoquinolin-3-yl)-naphthoate, 12.6g, yield: 70%) was obtained by repeating the synthesis process of thecompound I-1 except that the compound A-3(3-chloro-6-isopropylisoquinoline, 10 g, 48.62 mmol) was used instead ofthe compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62 mmol).

MS (m/z): 369.17

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-3

The compound D-3(2-(8-(6-isopropylisoquinolin-3-yl)naphthalen-1-yl)propan-2-ol, 7.3 g,yield: 60%) was obtained by repeating the synthesis process of theCompound J-1 except that the compound C-3 (ethyl8-(6-isopropylisoquinolin-3-yl)naphthoate, 12.6 g, 34.0 mmol) was usedinstead of the compound I-1 (ethyl8-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate, 13.5 g, 36.5mmol).

MS (m/z): 355.19

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-3

The compound E-3(2-isopropyl-13,13-dimethyl-13H-naphtho[1,8-bc]phenanthridine, 4.3 g,yield: 62%) was obtained by repeating the synthesis process of theCompound K-1 except that the compound D-3(2-(8-(6-isopropylisoquinolin-3-yl)naphthalen-1-yl)propan-2-ol, 7.3 g,20.4 mmol) was used instead of the compound J-1(2-(1-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-8-yl)propan-2-ol, 20 g,56.26 mmol).

MS (m/z): 337.18

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-3

The compound F-3 (1.9 g, yield: 37%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound E-3(2-isopropyl-13,13-dimethyl-13H-naphtho[1,8-bc]phenanthridine, 4.3 g,12.6 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37 mmol).

(5) Synthesis of Compound 501

The compound 501 (1.4 g, yield: 60%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound F-3 (1.9 g,1.07 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1076.48

Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Compound 182 (compound RD6 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-4

The compound C-4 (12.2 g, yield: 68%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-4 (10g, 48.62 mmol) and the compound B-4 (17.45 g, 53.48 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 369.17

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-4

The compound D-4 (6.8 g, yield: 58%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound J-1 except that the compound C-4 (12.2g, 33.02 mmol) was used instead of the compound I-1 (ethyl8-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate, 13.5 g, 36.5mmol).

MS (m/z): 355.19

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-4

The compound E-4 (4.1 g, yield: 63%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound K-1 except that the compound D-4 (6.8g, 19.15 mmol) was used instead of the compound J-1(2-(1-(5-isopropylquinolin-2-yl)naphthalene-8-yl)propan-2-ol, 20 g,56.26 mmol).

MS (m/z): 337.18

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-4

The compound F-4 (2.1 g, yield: 42%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound E-4 (4.1g, 12.15 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(5) Synthesis of Compound 182

The compound 182 (1.1 g, yield: 57%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound F-4 (2.1 g,1.17 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1076.48

Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Compound 154 (Compound RD9 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-5

The compound C-5 (11.8 g, yield: 78%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-5 (10g, 48.62 mmol) and the compound B-5 (14.4 g, 53.48 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 312.16

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-5

The compound C-5 (11.8 g, 37.75 mmol) and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) (200mL) were put into a reaction vessel, then CuI (10.8 g, 56.66 mmol) wasadded into the reaction vessel, and then the solution was refluxed at150° C. for 12 hours. After the reaction was complete, the solution wasfiltered, extracted with ethyl acetate, water in the organic layer wasremoved with MgSO₄, and then the solution was filtered and placed underreduced pressure to remove the solvent. The crude product was purifiedwith column chromatography (eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate) to givethe compound D-5 (4.6 g, yield: 39%).

MS (m/z): 310.15

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-5

The compound D-5 (4.6 g, 14.82 mmol), 1-iodobenzene (3.3 g, 16.30 mmol)and toluene (200 mL) were put into a reaction vessel, then Pd₂(dba)₃(0.7 g, 0.74 mmol), P(t-Bu)₃ (Tri-tert-butylphosphine, 0.3 g, 1.48 mmol)and NaOt-Bu (sodium tert-butoxide, 2.8 g, 29.64 mmol) were added intothe reaction vessel, and then the solution was refluxed at 100° C. for24 hours. After the reaction was complete, the solution was extractedwith ethyl acetate, water in the organic layer was removed with MgSO₄,and then the solution was filtered and placed under reduced pressure toremove the solvent. The crude product was purified with columnchromatography (eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate) to give the compoundE-5 (4.6 g, yield: 81%).

MS (m/z): 386.18

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-5

The compound F-5 (2.5 g, yield: 47%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound E-5 (4.6g, 11.90 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(5) Synthesis of Compound 154

The compound 154 (1.4 g, yield: 46%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound F-5 (2.5 g,1.25 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1174.47

Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Compound 334 (Compound RD10 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-6

The compound C-6 (11.4 g, yield: 75%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-6 (10g, 48.62 mmol) and the compound B-6 (14.4 g, 53.48 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 312.16

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-6

The compound D-6 (6.8 g, yield: 58%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound D5 except that the compound C-6 (11.4g, 35.49 mmol) was used instead of the compound C-5 (11.8 g, 37.77mmol).

MS (m/z): 310.15

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-6

The compound E-6 (5.6 g, yield: 78%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound E-5 except that the compound D-6 (5.8g, 18.61 mmol) was used instead of the compound D-5 (4.6 g, 14.82 mmol).

MS (m/z): 386.18

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-6

The compound F-6 (2.8 g, yield: 42%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound E-6 (5.6g, 14.49 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(5) Synthesis of Compound 334

The compound 334 (2.0 g, yield: 61%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound F-6 (2.8 g,1.38 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1174.47

Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of Compound 465 (Compound RD11 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-7

The compound C-7 (9.0 g, yield: 50%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-7 (10g, 48.62 mmol) and the compound B-7 (14.4 g, 53.48 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 312.16

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-7

The compound D-7 (7.4 g, yield: 55%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound D-5 except that the compound C-7 (9.0g, 28.69 mmol) was used instead of the compound C-5 (11.8 g, 37.77mmol).

MS (m/z): 310.15

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-7

The compound E-7 (4.7 g, yield: 77%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound E-5 except that the compound D-7 (4.9g, 15.78 mmol) was used instead of the compound D-5 (4.6 g, 14.82 mmol).

MS (m/z): 386.18

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-7

The compound F-7 (2.6 g, yield: 48%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound E-7 (4.7g, 12.16 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(5) Synthesis of Compound 465

The compound 465 (2.0 g, yield: 64%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound F-7 (2.6 g,1.33 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1174.47

Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of Compound 582 (Compound RD12 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-8

The compound C-8 (9.0 g, yield: 50%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-8 (10g, 48.62 mmol) and the compound B-8 (14.4 g, 53.48 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 312.16

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-8

The compound D-8 (7.4 g, yield: 55%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound D-5 except that the compound C-8 (10.0g, 35.01 mmol) was used instead of the compound C-5 (11.8 g, 37.77mmol).

MS (m/z): 310.15

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-8

The compound E-8 (5.3 g, yield: 83%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound E-5 except that the compound D-8 (5.1g, 15.45 mmol) was used instead of the compound D-5 (4.6 g, 14.82 mmol).

MS (m/z): 386.18

(4) Synthesis of Compound F-8

The compound F-8 (2.4 g, yield: 39%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound E-8 (5.3g, 13.66 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(5) Synthesis of Compound 582

The compound 582 (1.8 g, yield: 64%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound F-8 (2.4 g,1.1 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1174.47

Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of Compound 168 (Compound RD13 in Formula8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-9

The compound C-9 (9.9 g, yield: 67%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-9 (10g, 44.71 mmol) and the compound B-9 (13.3 g, 49.18 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 331.14

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-9

The compound C-9 (9.9 g, 29.88 mmol) and DMF (100 mL) were put into areaction vessel, and the compound C-9 was dissolved in DMF, K₂CO₃ (12.4g, 89.62 mmol) was added into the reaction vessel, and then the solutionwas stirred at 100° C. for 1 hour. After the reaction was complete, thesolution was cooled to room temperature and then ethanol (100 mL) wasadded into the reaction vessel. After the mixture was distilled underreduced pressure, the reactants were recrystallized withchloroform/ethyl acetate to give the compound D-9 (4.9 g, yield: 53%).

MS (m/z): 311.13

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-9

The compound E-9 (3.1 g, yield: 50%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound D-9 (4.9g, 15.83 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(4) Synthesis of Compound 168

The compound 168 (2.0 g, yield: 54%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound E-9 (3.1 g,1.80 mmol) was used instead of the Compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1024.38

Synthesis Example 10: Synthesis of Compound 348 (Compound RD14 inFormula 8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-10

The compound C-10 (9.0 g, yield: 64%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-10 (10g, 44.71 mmol) and the compound B-10 (13.3 g, 49.18 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 331.14

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-10

The compound D-10 (5.0 g, yield: 55%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound D-9 except that the compound C-10 (9.6g, 29.06 mmol) was used instead of the compound C-9 (9.9 g, 28.88 mmol).

MS (m/z): 311.13

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-10

The compound E-10 (3.5 g, yield: 57%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound D-10 (5.0g, 15.98 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(4) Synthesis of Compound 348

The compound 348 (1.8 g, yield: 43%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound E-10 (3.5 g,2.07 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1024.38

Synthesis Example 11: Synthesis of Compound 483 (Compound RD15 inFormula 8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-11

The compound C-11 (7.9 g, yield: 53%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-11 (10g, 44.71 mmol) and the compound B-11 (13.3 g, 49.18 mmol) were usedinstead of the Compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 331.14

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-11

The compound D-11 (3.8 g, yield: 51%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound D-9 except that the compound C-11 (7.9g, 23.07 mmol) was used instead of the compound C-9 (9.9 g, 28.88 mmol).

MS (m/z): 311.13

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-11

The compound E-11 (3.0 g, yield: 63%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound D-11 (3.8g, 12.20 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(4) Synthesis of Compound 483

The compound 483 (1.6 g, yield: 44%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound E-11 (3.0 g,1.75 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1024.38

Synthesis Example 12: Synthesis of Compound 598 (Compound RD16 inFormula 8) (1) Synthesis of Compound C-12

The compound C-12 (9.8 g, yield: 66%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound I-1 except that the compound A-12 (10g, 44.71 mmol) and the compound B-12 (13.3 g, 49.18 mmol) were usedinstead of the compound D-1 (2-chloro-5-isopropylquinoline, 10 g, 48.62mmol) and the compound H-1 (ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxanborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(17.45 g, 53.48 mmol), respectively.

MS (m/z): 331.14

(2) Synthesis of Compound D-12

The compound D-12 (5.0 g, yield: 54%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound D-9 except that the compound C-12 (9.8g, 29.51 mmol) was used instead of the compound C-9 (9.9 g, 28.88 mmol).

MS (m/z): 311.13

(3) Synthesis of Compound E-12

The compound E-12 (3.4 g, yield: 55%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of the compound L-1 except that the compound D-12 (5.0g, 15.93 mmol) was used instead of the compound K-1 (10.25 g, 30.37mmol).

(4) Synthesis of Compound 598

The compound 598 (1.6 g, yield: 39%) was obtained by repeating thesynthesis process of compound 369 except that the compound E-12 (3.4 g,1.99 mmol) was used instead of the compound L-1 (4.0 g, 2.21 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1024.38

Synthesis Example 13: Synthesis of Compound RD1 (Compound 4 in Formula1-24) (1) Synthesis of Compound B-1

The compound A-1 (1-chloro-6-isobutylisoquinoline, 10 g, 45.51 mmol),ethyl 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-naphthoate (16.3g, 50.06 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂ (0.51 g, 2.28 mmol), PPh₃ (2.39 g, 0.91 mmol),K₂CO₃ (18.9 g, 136.53 mmol), 1-4-dioxane (100 mL) and water (100 mL)were stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature,extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and water in the organiclayer was removed using MgSO₄. Then, the mixture was filtered underreduced pressure to remove the solvent. The mixture was wet-purifiedusing hexane and ethyl acetate to obtain the compound B-1 (10 g, 26.07mmol). (yield: 57%)

(2) Synthesis of Compound C-1

The compound B-1 (ethyl 3-(6-isobutylisoquinolin-1-yl)-2-naphthoate, 10g, 26.07 mmol) and THF (100 mL) were added, and CH₃MgBr (15.5 g, 130mmol) was slowly added at 0° C. The temperature was raised to roomtemperature, and the reaction was terminated after 12 hours. The mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate, water in the organic layer was removedusing MgSO₄, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Themixture was wet-purified using hexane and ethyl acetate, and thecompound C-1 (7 g, 18.94 mmol) was obtained. (yield: 73%)

(3) Synthesis of Compound D-1

The compound C-1(2-(3-(6-isobutylisoquinolin-1-yl)naphthalen-2-yl)propan-2-ol, 10 g,27.06 mmol) was added to a mixed aqueous solution of acetic acid andsulfuric acid (200 mL), and the mixture was reflux and stirred for 16hours. After completion of the reaction, the temperature was lowered toroom temperature, and the reactant was slowly added to the sodiumhydroxide aqueous solution. After extracting the organic layer usingdichloromethane and removing water using MgSO₄, the organic solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure. The mixture was recrystallized usingtoluene and ethanol to obtain the compound D-1 (5 g, 14.22 mmol) in ayellow solid state. (yield: 53%)

(4) Synthesis of Compound E-1

The compound D-1(5-isobutyl-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[de]naphtho[2,3-h]quinoline, 10 g,28.45 mmol), 2-ethoxyethanol (200 mL) and distilled water (50 mL) wereadded, and nitrogen was injected to the mixture for 1 hour. IrCl3.H2O(4.5 g, 12.93 mmol) was put in the reaction vessel and refluxed for 2days. After completion of the reaction, the temperature was lowered toroom temperature and the resulting solid was filtered. After washing thesolid with methanol and drying the solid, the compound E-1 (7.0 g, 6.05mmol) was obtained. (yield: 21%)

(5) Synthesis of Compound RD1

The compound E-1 (10 g, 8.64 mmol), 3,7-diethylnonane-4,6-dione (18.3 g,86.4 mmol) and Na₂CO₃ (18.3 g, 172.8 mmol) were added and dissolved in2-ethoxyethanol (100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours.After completion of the reaction, the product was filtered usingdichloromethane. After removing the solvent, the solid was filtered. Thefiltered solid was added to isopropanol and stirred, and then thefiltered solid was dried. Recrystallization and sublimation purificationusing dichloromethane and isopropanol were performed to obtain thecompound RD1 with high purity (5 g, 4.53 mmol). (yield: 52%)

Synthesis Example 14: Synthesis of Compound RD2 (Compound 184 in Formula1-25) (1) Synthesis of Compound B-2

The compound A-2 (1-chloro-6-isobutylisoquinoline, 10 g, 45.51 mmol),ethyl 2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1-naphthoate (16.3g, 50.06 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂ (0.51 g, 2.28 mmol), PPh₃ (2.39 g, 0.91 mmol),K₂CO₃ (18.9 g, 136.53 mmol), 1-4-dioxane (100 mL) and water (100 mL)were stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature,extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and water in the organiclayer was removed using MgSO₄. Then, the mixture was filtered underreduced pressure to remove the solvent. The mixture was wet-purifiedusing hexane and ethyl acetate to obtain the compound B-2 (9 g, 23.47mmol). (yield: 52%)

(2) Synthesis of Compound C-2

The compound B-2 (ethyl 2-(6-isobutylisoquinolin-1-yl)-1-naphthoate, 10g, 26.07 mmol) and THF (100 mL) were added, and CH₃MgBr (15.5 g, 130mmol) was slowly added at 0° C. The temperature was raised to roomtemperature, and the reaction was terminated after 12 hours. The mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate, water in the organic layer was removedusing MgSO₄, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Themixture was wet-purified using hexane and ethyl acetate, and thecompound C-2 (6 g, 16.23 mmol) was obtained. (yield: 62%)

(3) Synthesis of Compound D-2

The compound C-2(2-(2-(6-isobutylisoquinolin-1-yl)naphthalen-1-yl)propan-2-ol, 10 g,27.06 mmol) was added to a mixed aqueous solution of acetic acid andsulfuric acid (200 mL), and the mixture was reflux and stirred for 16hours. After completion of the reaction, the temperature was lowered toroom temperature, and the reactant was slowly added to the sodiumhydroxide aqueous solution. After extracting the organic layer usingdichloromethane and removing water using MgSO₄, the organic solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure. The mixture was recrystallized usingtoluene and ethanol to obtain the compound D-2 (4 g, 11.38 mmol) in ayellow solid state. (yield: 42%)

(4) Synthesis of Compound E-2

The compound D-2(5-isobutyl-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[de]naphtho[1,2-h]quinoline, 10 g,28.45 mmol), 2-ethoxyethanol (200 mL) and distilled water (50 mL) wereadded, and nitrogen was injected to the mixture for 1 hour. IrCl3.H2O(4.5 g, 12.93 mmol) was put in the reaction vessel and refluxed for 2days. After completion of the reaction, the temperature was lowered toroom temperature and the resulting solid was filtered. After washing thesolid with methanol and drying the solid, the compound E-2 (10 g, 8.65mmol) was obtained. (yield: 30%)

(5) Synthesis of Compound RD2

The compound E-2 (10 g, 8.64 mmol), 3,7-diethylnonane-4,6-dione (18.3 g,86.4 mmol) and Na₂CO₃ (18.3 g, 172.8 mmol) were added and dissolved in2-ethoxyethanol (100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours.After completion of the reaction, the product was filtered usingdichloromethane. After removing the solvent, the solid was filtered. Thefiltered solid was added to isopropanol and stirred, and then thefiltered solid was dried. The mixture was recrystallized and purifiedusing dichloromethane and isopropanol to obtain the compound RD2 withhigh purity (4 g, 3.98 mmol). (yield: 46%)

Synthesis Example 15: Synthesis of Compound RD3 (Compound 371 in Formula1-26) (1) Synthesis of Compound B-3

The compound A-3 (5-bromoquinoline, 50 g, 240.33 mmol), isobutylboronicacid (49 g, 480.65 mmol), Pd₂(dba)₃ (6.6 g, 3 mol %), Sphos(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl, 9.9 g, 24.03 mmol),potassium phosphate monohydrate (276.71 g, 1.2 mol) and toluene (1000mL) were stirred at 120° C. for 12 hours. After completion of thereaction, the temperature was lowered, and the mixture was extractedwith ethyl acetate. After the solvent was removed, the mixture waswet-purified using ethyl acetate and hexane to obtain the compound B-3(35 g, 188.92 mmol). (yield: 79%)

(2) Synthesis of Compound C-3

The compound B-3 (5-isobutylquinoline, 35 g, 188.92 mmol),3-chloroperbenzoic acid (57 g, 283.38 mmol) and dichloromethane (500 mL)were stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of thereaction, sodium sulfite (80 g) was added into the mixture. The organiclayer was extracted and the pressure was lowered so that the compoundC-3 (27 g, 134.15 mmol) was obtained. (yield: 71%)

(3) Synthesis of Compound D-3

The compound C-3 (25 g, 124.22 mmol) and toluene (500 mL) were added,and phosphoryl trichloride (38.1 g, 248.44 mmol) anddiisopropylethylamine (32.1 g, 248.44 mmol) were added into the mixture.The mixture was stirred at the temperature of 120° C. for 4 hours. Aftercompletion of the reaction, the mixture was extracted withdichloromethane, and the pressure was lowered. The mixture was filteredusing MgSO₄ under reduced pressure, and the organic solvent was removed.The mixture was wet-purified to obtain the compound D-3 (30 g, 91.0mmol). (yield: 73%)

(4) Synthesis of Compound E-3

The compound D-3 (10 g, 45.51 mmol), ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(16.33 g, 50.06 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂ (0.5 g, 2.28 mmol), PPh₃ (2.4 g, 9.10mmol), K₂CO₃ (18.9 g, 136.53 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) and water (100mL)) were stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. After completion of thereaction, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and water in theorganic layer was removed using MgSO₄. The solvent was removed from themixture by lowering the pressure. The mixture was wet-purified usinghexane and ethyl acetate to obtain the compound E-3 (13 g, 33.90 mmol)was obtained. (yield: 74%)

(5) Synthesis of Compound F3

The compound E-3 (10 g, 26.07 mmol) and THF (100 mL) were added, andCH₃MgBr (15.5 g, 130.35 mmol) was slowly added at 0° C. After thereaction proceeded at room temperature for 12 hours, the mixture wasworked-up using ethyl acetate and MgSO₄. The mixture was wet-purifiedusing hexane and ethyl acetate to obtain the compound F-3 (6 g, 16.24mmol). (yield: 62%)

(5) Synthesis of Compound G3

The compound F-3 (20 g, 54.12 mmol) and a mixed aqueous solution ofacetic acid and sulfuric acid (200 mL) were added and refluxed for 16hours. After completion of the reaction, the reactant was slowly addedto a cold aqueous sodium hydroxide (cool sodium hydroxide) solution.After work-up using dichloromethane and MgSO₄, and the mixture wasrecrystallized using toluene and ethanol to obtain the compound G-3 (10g, 28.45 mmol) in a yellow solid state. (yield: 53%)

(5) Synthesis of Compound H3

The compound G-3 (10 g, 28.45 mmol), 2-ethoxyethanol (200 mL) anddistilled water (50 mL) were added, and nitrogen was bubbled for 1 hour.Then, IrCl₃.H₂O (4.5 g, 14.22 mmol) was added to the reaction vessel,and the mixture was refluxed for 2 days. After completion of thereaction, the temperature was slowly lowered to room temperature and theresulting solid was filtered. The solid was washed with hexane andmethanol and dried to obtain the compound H-3 (6.0 g, 5.19 mmol).(yield: 18%)

(5) Synthesis of Compound RD3

The compound H-3 (10 g, 8.64 mmol), 3,7-diethylnonane-4,6-dione (18.3 g,86.4 mmol) and Na₂CO₃ (18.3 g, 172.8 mmol) was added and dissolved in2-ethoxyethanol (100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours.After completion of the reaction, the product was filtered usingdichloromethane. After removing the solvent, the solid was filtered. Thefiltered solid was added to isopropanol, and the mixture was stirred.After stirring, the mixture was filtered, and the filtered solid wasdried. The solid was recrystallized using dichloromethane andisopropanol and was purified to obtain the compound RD3 (4 g, 3.62 mmol)with high purity. (yield: 42%)

Synthesis Example 16: Synthesis of Compound RD4 (Compound 503 in Formula1-27) (1) Synthesis of Compound B-4

The compound A-4 (10 g, 45.51 mmol), ethyl8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)naphthalene-1-carboxylate(16.33 g, 50.06 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂ (0.5 g, 2.28 mmol), PPh₃ (2.4 g, 9.10mmol), K₂CO₃ (18.9 g, 136.53 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) and water (100mL) were stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. After completion of thereaction, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and water in theorganic layer was removed using MgSO₄. The solvent was removed from themixture by lowering the pressure. The mixture was wet-purified usinghexane and ethyl acetate to obtain the compound B-4 (13 g, 33.90 mmol).(yield: 74%)

(2) Synthesis of Compound C-4

The compound B-4 (10 g, 26.07 mmol) and THF (100 mL) were added, andCH₃MgBr (15.5 g, 130 mmol) was slowly added at 0° C. The reaction wasproceeded for 12 hours, and the mixture was worked-up using ethylacetate and MgSO₄. The mixture was wet-purified using hexane and ethylacetate, and the compound C-4 (6 g, 16.24 mmol) was obtained. (yield:62%)

(3) Synthesis of Compound D-4

The compound C-4 (20 g, 54.12 mmol) was added to a mixed aqueoussolution of acetic acid and sulfuric acid (200 mL), and the mixture wasreflux for 16 hours. After completion of the reaction, a cold sodiumhydroxide aqueous solution was slowly added into the mixture. Themixture was worked-up using dichloromethane and MgSO₄. The mixture wasrecrystallized using toluene and ethanol to obtain the compound D-4 (10g, 28.45 mmol) in a yellow solid state. (yield: 53%)

(4) Synthesis of Compound E-4

The compound D-4 (10 g, 28.45 mmol), 2-ethoxyethanol (200 mL) anddistilled water (50 mL) were added, and nitrogen was injected to themixture for 1 hour. IrCl₃.H₂O (4.5 g, 14.22 mmol) was put in thereaction vessel and refluxed for 2 days. After completion of thereaction, the temperature was slowly lowered to room temperature and theresulting solid was filtered. After washing the solid with methanol anddrying the solid, the compound E-4 (6.0 g, 5.19 mmol) was obtained.(yield: 18%)

(5) Synthesis of Compound RD4

The compound E-4 (10 g, 8.64 mmol), 3,7-diethylnonane-4,6-dione (18.3 g,86.4 mmol) and Na₂CO₃ (18.3 g, 172.8 mmol) were added and dissolved in2-ethoxyethanol (100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours.After completion of the reaction, the product was filtered usingdichloromethane. After removing the solvent, the solid was filtered. Thefiltered solid was added to isopropanol and stirred, and then thefiltered solid was dried. The mixture was recrystallized and purifiedusing dichloromethane and isopropanol to obtain the compound RD4 withhigh purity (4 g, 3.62 mmol). (yield: 42%)

Synthesis Example 17: Synthesis of Compound RD17 (Compound 610 inFormula 1-29)

The compound A-17 (10 g, 5.38 mmol),3,7-diethyl-3,7-dimethylnonane-4,6-dione (12.94 g, 53.84 mmol) andNa₂CO₃ (11.4 g, 107.7 mmol) were added and dissolved in 2-ethoxyethanol(100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours. After completionof the reaction, the product was filtered using dichloromethane. Afterremoving the solvent, the solid was filtered. The filtered solid wasadded to isopropanol and stirred, and then the filtered solid was dried.The mixture was recrystallized using dichloromethane and isopropanol andpurified to obtain the compound RD17 with high purity (3.8 g, 3.36mmol). (yield: 42%)

Synthesis Example 18: Synthesis of Compound RD18 (Compound 611 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, bromobenzene (1.01 g, 6.46 mmol) and 50 mlof THF were put in a reaction vessel, and the temperature was lowered to−78° C. n-BuLi (2.6 ml, 2.5M in hexane) was slowly added into themixture. After 30 minutes, while maintaining the temperature,N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.82 g, 6.46 mmol) was slowly added, andthe mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was added to areaction vessel, in which the compound A-18 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) wasdissolved in 100 ml THF, and stirred at 80° C. for 8 hours. Thetemperature of the mixture was lowered to room temperature and volatilesubstances were removed. After the mixture was recrystallized usingTHF/pentane and dichloromethane/hexane, purification was performed toobtain the compound RD18 with high purity (2.3 g, 2.03 mmol).

Synthesis Example 19: Synthesis of Compound RD19 (Compound 612 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-19 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-1 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD19 with highpurity (1.1 g, 1.01 mmol).

Synthesis Example 20: Synthesis of Compound RD20 (Compound 613 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-20 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-2 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD20 with highpurity (0.9 g, 0.80 mmol).

Synthesis Example 21: Synthesis of Compound RD21 (Compound 614 inFormula 1-29)

The compound A-21 (10 g, 5.38 mmol),3,7-diethyl-3,7-dimethylnonane-4,6-dione (12.94 g, 53.84 mmol) andNa₂CO₃ (11.4 g, 107.7 mmol) were added and dissolved in 2-ethoxyethanol(100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours. After completionof the reaction, the product was filtered using dichloromethane. Afterremoving the solvent, the solid was filtered. The filtered solid wasadded to isopropanol and stirred, and then the filtered solid was dried.The mixture was recrystallized using dichloromethane and isopropanol andpurified to obtain the compound RD21 with high purity (3.4 g, 3.00mmol).

Synthesis Example 22: Synthesis of Compound RD22 (Compound 615 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, bromobenzene (1.01 g, 6.46 mmol) and 50 mlof THF were put in a reaction vessel, and the temperature was lowered to−78° C. n-BuLi (2.6 ml, 2.5M in hexane) was slowly added into themixture. After 30 minutes, while maintaining the temperature,N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.82 g, 6.46 mmol) was slowly added, andthe mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was added to areaction vessel, in which the compound A-22 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) wasdissolved in 100 ml THF, and stirred at 80° C. for 8 hours. Thetemperature of the mixture was lowered to room temperature and volatilesubstances were removed. After the mixture was recrystallized usingTHF/pentane and dichloromethane/hexane, purification was performed toobtain the compound RD22 with high purity (2.0 g, 1.82 mmol).

Synthesis Example 23: Synthesis of Compound RD23 (Compound 616 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-23 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-1 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD23 with highpurity (2.5 g, 2.29 mmol).

Synthesis Example 24: Synthesis of Compound RD24 (Compound 617 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-24 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-2 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD24 with highpurity (2.2 g, 1.95 mmol).

Synthesis Example 25: Synthesis of Compound RD25 (Compound 618 inFormula 1-29)

The compound A-25 (10 g, 5.38 mmol),3,7-diethyl-3,7-dimethylnonane-4,6-dione (12.94 g, 53.84 mmol) andNa₂CO₃ (11.4 g, 107.7 mmol) were added and dissolved in 2-ethoxyethanol(100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours. After completionof the reaction, the product was filtered using dichloromethane. Afterremoving the solvent, the solid was filtered. The filtered solid wasadded to isopropanol and stirred, and then the filtered solid was dried.The mixture was recrystallized using dichloromethane and isopropanol andpurified to obtain the compound RD25 with high purity (3.3 g, 2.91mmol).

Synthesis Example 26: Synthesis of Compound RD26 (Compound 619 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, bromobenzene (1.01 g, 6.46 mmol) and 50 mlof THF were put in a reaction vessel, and the temperature was lowered to−78° C. n-BuLi (2.6 ml, 2.5M in hexane) was slowly added into themixture. After 30 minutes, while maintaining the temperature,N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.82 g, 6.46 mmol) was slowly added, andthe mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was added to areaction vessel, in which the compound A-26 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) wasdissolved in 100 ml THF, and stirred at 80° C. for 8 hours. Thetemperature of the mixture was lowered to room temperature and volatilesubstances were removed. After the mixture was recrystallized usingTHF/pentane and dichloromethane/hexane, purification was performed toobtain the compound RD26 with high purity (2.1 g, 1.92 mmol).

Synthesis Example 27: Synthesis of Compound RD27 (Compound 620 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-27 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-1 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD27 with highpurity (2.2 g, 2.02 mmol).

Synthesis Example 28: Synthesis of Compound RD28 (Compound 621 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-28 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-2 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD28 with highpurity (1.9 g, 1.68 mmol).

Synthesis Example 29: Synthesis of Compound RD29 (Compound 622 inFormula 1-29)

The compound A-29 (10 g, 5.38 mmol),3,7-diethyl-3,7-dimethylnonane-4,6-dione (12.94 g, 53.84 mmol) andNa₂CO₃ (11.4 g, 107.7 mmol) were added and dissolved in 2-ethoxyethanol(100 mL). The mixture was slowly stirred for 24 hours. After completionof the reaction, the product was filtered using dichloromethane. Afterremoving the solvent, the solid was filtered. The filtered solid wasadded to isopropanol and stirred, and then the filtered solid was dried.The mixture was recrystallized using dichloromethane and isopropanol andpurified to obtain the compound RD29 with high purity (3.9 g, 3.44mmol).

Synthesis Example 30: Synthesis of Compound RD30 (Compound 623 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, bromobenzene (1.01 g, 6.46 mmol) and 50 mlof THF were put in a reaction vessel, and the temperature was lowered to−78° C. n-BuLi (2.6 ml, 2.5M in hexane) was slowly added into themixture. After 30 minutes, while maintaining the temperature,N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.82 g, 6.46 mmol) was slowly added, andthe mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was added to areaction vessel, in which the compound A-30 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) wasdissolved in 100 ml THF, and stirred at 80° C. for 8 hours. Thetemperature of the mixture was lowered to room temperature and volatilesubstances were removed. After the mixture was recrystallized usingTHF/pentane and dichloromethane/hexane, purification was performed toobtain the compound RD30 with high purity (2.7 g, 2.46 mmol).

Synthesis Example 31: Synthesis of Compound RD31 (Compound 624 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-31 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-1 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD31 with highpurity (2.0 g, 1.84 mmol).

Synthesis Example 32: Synthesis of Compound RD32 (Compound 625 inFormula 1-29)

Under the nitrogen condition, the compound A-32 (3 g, 1.62 mmol) and THT(100 ml) were added in a reaction vessel, and the compound F-2 (0.8 g,3.56 mmol) dissolved in THF was slowly added. The mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 8 hours. The mixture was extracted using toluene,the solvent was removed, and diethyl ether was added to obtain a solid.The obtained solid was purified to obtain the compound RD32 with highpurity (1.8 g, 1.59 mmol).

The second compound 234 has an excellent hole-dominant property(characteristic) and is represented by Formula 2-1.

whereinone of X¹² and X¹³ is a nitrogen atom (N), and the other one of X¹² andX¹³ is an oxygen atom (O) or a sulfur atom (S);each of R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶ is independently selected from the groupconsisting of an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group; L is selected fromthe group consisting of an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylenegroup and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroarylene group;and a is 0 or 1.

For example, R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶ may be same or different. The C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, the C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group, the C₆-C₃₀ arylene group and theC₃-C₃₀ heteroarylene group may be substituted with a C₁-C₁₀ alkyl groupor a C₆-C₃₀ aryl group.

For example, R⁴ may be selected from an unsubstituted or substitutedC₆-C₃₀ aryl. L may be selected from an unsubstituted or substitutedC₆-C₃₀ arylene group, or a may be 0.

In an exemplary embodiment, R⁴ may be an unsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, e.g., phenyl. Each of R⁵ and R⁶ may be independently selectedfrom the group consisting of a substituted unsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, e.g., phenyl, naphthyl or biphenyl, a substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, e.g., 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl, and an unsubstituted C₃-C₃₀heteroaryl group, e.g., dibenzofuranyl or dibenzothiophenyl. L may be asubstituted C₆-C₃₀ arylene group, e.g., phenylene.

In an exemplary embodiment, one of X¹² and X¹³ may be N, and the otherone of X¹² and X¹³ may be 0, and each of R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶ may be anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group.

In an exemplary embodiment, R⁴ may be phenyl. R⁵ and R⁶ may bedifferent, R⁵ may be phenyl or biphenyl, and R⁶ may be independentlyselected from naphthyl, biphenyl and 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl.

For example, the second compound 234 can be one of the compounds inFormula 2-2.

The third compound 236 has an excellent electron-dominant property(characteristic) and is represented by Formula 3-1.

whereinX is NR⁸, O or S, and R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀heteroaryl group, andR⁷ is selected from the group consisting of an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀heteroaryl group.

For example, each of R⁷ and R⁸ may be independently selected from anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group.

In an exemplary embodiment, R⁷ may be selected from phenyl, biphenyl,naphthyl and 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl, and R⁸ may be selected from phenyl,naphthyl and biphenyl.

In Formula 3-1, a linking position (or a linking site) of a X-containingfused-ring to a benzocarbazole moiety (or a naphtho benzofuran moiety)can be specified. Namely,

Formula 3-1 can be represented by Formula 3-2.

In Formula 3-1, a linking position between a X-containing fused-ring anda benzocarbazole moiety (or a naphtho benzofuran moiety) can bespecified. Namely, Formula 3-1 can be represented by Formula 3-3.

For example, the third compound 236 can be one of the compounds inFormula 3-4.

The HIL 210 is positioned between the first electrode 160 and the HTL220. The HIL 210 can include at least one compound selected from thegroup consisting of 4,4′,4″-tris(3-methylphenylamino)triphenylamine(MTDATA), 4,4′,4″-tris(N,N-diphenyl-amino)triphenylamine (NATA),4,4′,4″-tris(N-(naphthalene-1-yl)-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine(1T-NATA),4,4′,4″-tris(N-(naphthalene-2-yl)-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine(2T-NATA), copper phthalocyanine (CuPc),tris(4-carbazoyl-9-yl-phenyl)amine (TCTA),N,N′-diphenyl-N,N′-bis(1-naphthyl)-1,1′-biphenyl-4,4″-diamine (NPB orNPD), 1,4,5,8,9,11-hexaazatriphenylenehexacarbonitrile(dipyrazino[2,3-f:2′3′-h]quinoxaline-2,3,6,7,10,11-hexacarbonitrile (HAT-CN),1,3,5-tris[4-(diphenylamino)phenyl]benzene (TDAPB),poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiphene)polystyrene sulfonate (PEDOT/PSS), andN-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine,but it is not limited thereto. The HIL 210 can have a thickness of 10 to200 Å, preferably 50 to 150 Å.

The HTL 220 is positioned between the HIL 210 and the red EML 230. TheHTL 220 can include at least one compound selected from the groupconsisting ofN,N′-diphenyl-N,N′-bis(3-methylphenyl)-1,1′-biphenyl-4,4′-diamine (TPD),NPB (or NPD), 4,4′-bis(N-carbazolyl)-1,1′-biphenyl(CBP),poly[N,N′-bis(4-butylphenyl)-N,N′-bis(phenyl)-benzidine](poly-TPD),(poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorenyl-2,7-diyl)-co-(4,4′-(N-(4-sec-butylphenyl)diphenylamine))](TFB), di-[4-(N,N-di-p-tolyl-amino)-phenyl]cyclohexane (TAPC),3,5-di(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-N,N-diphenylaniline (DCDPA),N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)biphenyl-4-amine,and a compound in Formula 4, but it is not limited thereto. The HTL 220can have a thickness of 500 to 900 Å, preferably 600 to 800 Å.

The ETL 240 is positioned between the red EML 230 and the secondelectrode 164 and includes at least one of an oxadiazole-containingcompound, a triazole-containing compound, a phenanthroline-containingcompound, a benzoxazole-containing compound, a benzothiazole-containingcompound, a benzimidazole-containing compound, and a triazine-containingcompound. For example, the ETL 240 can include at least one compoundselected from the group consisting of tris-(8-hydroxyquinoline aluminum(Alq₃),2-biphenyl-4-yl-5-(4-t-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (PBD),spiro-PBD, lithium quinolate (Liq),1,3,5-tris(N-phenylbenzimidazol-2-yl)benzene (TPBi),bis(2-methyl-8-quinolinolato-N1,O8)-(1,1′-biphenyl-4-olato)aluminum(BAlq), 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (Bphen),2,9-bis(naphthalene-2-yl)-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (NBphen),2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenathroline (BCP),3-(4-biphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-tert-butylphenyl-1,2,4-triazole (TAZ),4-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3,5-diphenyl-4H-1,2,4-triazole (NTAZ),1,3,5-tri(p-pyrid-3-yl-phenyl)benzene (TpPyPB),2,4,6-tris(3′-(pyridin-3-yl)biphenyl-3-yl)1,3,5-triazine (TmPPPyTz),Poly[9,9-bis(3′-((N,N-dimethyl)-N-ethylammonium)-propyl)-2,7-fluorene]-alt-2,7-(9,9-dioctylfluorene)](PFNBr),tris(phenylquinoxaline) (TPQ), anddiphenyl-4-triphenylsilyl-phenylphosphine oxide (TSPO1), but it is notlimited thereto. The ETL 240 can have a thickness of 100 to 500 Å,preferably 200 to 400 Å.

The EIL 250 is positioned between the ETL 240 and the second electrode164. The EIL 250 at least one of an alkali halide compound, such as LiF,CsF, NaF, or BaF₂, and an organo-metallic compound, such as Liq, lithiumbenzoate, or sodium stearate, but it is not limited thereto. The EIL 250can have a thickness of 1 to 20 Å, preferably 5 to 15 Å.

The EBL, which is positioned between the HTL 220 and the red EML 230 toblock the electron transfer from the red EML 230 to the HTL 220, caninclude at least one compound selected from the group consisting ofTCTA, tris[4-(diethylamino)phenyl]amine,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine,TAPC, MTDATA, 1,3-bis(carbazol-9-yl)benzene (mCP),3,3′-bis(N-carbazolyl)-1,1′-biphenyl (mCBP), CuPc,N,N′-bis[4-[bis(3-methylphenyl)amino]phenyl]-N,N′-diphenyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine(DNTPD), TDAPB, DCDPA, and2,8-bis(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)dibenzo[b,d]thiophene), but it is notlimited thereto.

The HBL, which is positioned between the ETL 240 and the red EML 230 toblock the hole transfer from the red EML 230 to the ETL 240, can includethe above material of the ETL 240. For example, the material of the HBLhas a HOMO energy level being lower than a material of the red EML 230and can be at least one compound selected from the group consisting ofBCP, BAlq, Alq3, PBD, spiro-PBD, Liq,bis-4,6-(3,5-di-3-pyridylphenyl)-2-methylpyrimidine (B3PYMPM),bis[2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether oxide (DPEPO),9-(6-9H-carbazol-9-yl)pyridine-3-yl)-9H-3,9′-bicarbazole, and TSPO1, butit is not limited thereto.

As illustrated above, the OLED D1 is positioned in the red pixel region,and the red EML 230 of the OLED D1 includes the first compound 232,which is represented by Formula 1-1, being a dopant, the second compound234, which is represented by Formula 2-1, being a first host or a p-typehost and the third compound 236, which is represented by Formula 3-1,being a second host or an n-type host. As a result, in the OLED D1, thedriving voltage is decreased, and the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan is increased.

FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to athird embodiment of the present disclosure.

As shown in FIG. 4 , the OLED D2 includes first and second electrodes160 and 164 facing each other and the organic emitting layer 162therebetween. The organic emitting layer 162 includes a first emittingpart 710 including a first red EML 720 and a second emitting part 730including a second red EML 740. In addition, the organic emitting layer162 can further include a charge generation layer (CGL) 750 between thefirst and second emitting parts 710 and 730.

For example, the first electrode 160 can include a transparentconductive material, e.g., ITO or IZO, and the second electrode 164 caninclude one of Al, Mg, Ag, AlMg and MgAg.

The CGL 750 is positioned between the first and second emitting parts710 and 730 so that the first emitting part 710, the CGL 750 and thesecond emitting part 730 are sequentially stacked on the first electrode160. Namely, the first emitting part 710 is positioned between the firstelectrode 160 and the CGL 750, and the second emitting part 730 ispositioned between the second electrode 164 and the CGL 750.

As illustrated below, the first emitting part 710 includes the first redEML 720. The first red EML 720 includes a first compound 722 as a reddopant (e.g., a red emitter), a second compound 724 as a p-type host(e.g., a first host) and a third compound 726 as an n-type host (e.g., asecond host). In the first red EML 720, the first compound 722 isrepresented by Formula 1-1, the second compound 724 is represented byFormula 2-1, and the third compound 726 is represented by Formula 3-1.

The first red EML 720 can have a thickness of 100 to 400 Å, e.g., 200 to400 Å, but it is not limited thereto.

In the first red EML 720, each of the second and third compounds 724 and726 can have a weight % being greater than the first compound 722. Forexample, in the first red EML 720, the first compound 722 can have aweight % of 1 to 20, e.g., 5 to 15.

In addition, in the first red EML 720, a ratio of the weight % betweenthe second compound 724 and the third compound 726 can be 1:3 to 3:1.For example, in the first red EML 720, the second and third compounds724 and 726 can have the same weight %.

The first emitting part 710 can further include at least one of a firstHTL 714 under the first red EML 720 and a first ETL 716 on or over thefirst red EML 720. Namely, the first HTL 714 is disposed between thefirst red EML 720 and the first electrode 160, and the first ETL 716 isdisposed between the first red EML 720 and the CGL 750.

In addition, the first emitting part 710 can further include an HIL 712between the first electrode 160 and the first HTL 714.

As illustrated below, the second emitting part 730 includes the secondred EML 740. The second red EML 740 includes a first compound 742, e.g.,a fourth compound, as a red dopant (e.g., a red emitter), a secondcompound 744, e.g., a fifth compound, as a p-type host (e.g., a firsthost) and a third compound 726, e.g., a sixth compound, as an n-typehost (e.g., a second host). In the second red EML 740, the firstcompound 742 is represented by Formula 1-1, the second compound 744 isrepresented by Formula 2-1, and the third compound 746 is represented byFormula 3-1.

The second red EML 740 can have a thickness of 100 to 400 Å, e.g., 200to 400 Å, but it is not limited thereto.

In the second red EML 740, each of the second and third compounds 744and 746 can have a weight % being greater than the first compound 742.For example, in the second red EML 740, the first compound 742 can havea weight % of 1 to 20, e.g., 5 to 15.

In addition, in the second red EML 740, a ratio of the weight % betweenthe second compound 744 and the third compound 746 can be 1:3 to 3:1.For example, in the second red EML 740, the second and third compounds744 and 746 can have the same weight %.

The first compound 742 in the second red EML 740 and the first compound722 in the first red EML 720 can be same or different. The secondcompound 744 in the second red EML 740 and the second compound 724 inthe first red EML 720 can be same or different. The third compound 746in the second red EML 740 and the third compound 726 in the first redEML 720 can be same or different.

The second emitting part 730 can further include at least one of asecond HTL 732 under the second red EML 740 and a second ETL 734 on orover the second red EML 740. Namely, the second HTL 732 is disposedbetween the second red EML 740 and the CGL 750, and the second ETL 734is disposed between the second red EML 740 and the second electrode 164.

In addition, the second emitting part 730 can further include an EIL 736between the second ETL 734 and the second electrode 164.

The CGL 750 is positioned between the first and second emitting parts710 and 730.

Namely, the first and second emitting parts 710 and 730 are connected toeach other through the CGL 750. The CGL 750 can be a P-N junction typeCGL of an N-type CGL 752 and a P-type CGL 754.

The N-type CGL 752 is positioned between the first ETL 716 and thesecond HTL 732, and the P-type CGL 754 is positioned between the N-typeCGL 752 and the second HTL 732.

In the OLED D2, at least one of the first and second red EMLs 720 and740 includes a first compound, e.g., a red dopant, represented byFormula 1-1, a second compound, e.g., a p-type host, represented byFormula 2-1 and a third compound, e.g., an n-type host, represented byFormula 3-1. As a result, the OLED D2 has advantages in the drivingvoltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan.

FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an organic light emittingdisplay device according to a fourth embodiment of the presentdisclosure.

As shown in FIG. 5 , the organic light emitting display device 300includes a first substrate 310, where a red pixel region RP, a greenpixel region GP and a blue pixel region BP are defined, a secondsubstrate 370 facing the first substrate 310, an OLED D, which ispositioned between the first and second substrates 310 and 370 andproviding white emission, and a color filter layer 380 between the OLEDD and the second substrate 370.

Each of the first and second substrates 310 and 370 can be a glasssubstrate or a flexible substrate. For example, each of the first andsecond substrates 310 and 370 can be a polyimide (PI) substrate, apolyethersulfone (PES) substrate, a polyethylenenaphthalate (PEN)substrate, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate or apolycarbonate (PC) substrate.

A buffer layer 320 is formed on the substrate, and the TFT Trcorresponding to each of the red, green and blue pixel regions RP, GPand BP is formed on the buffer layer 320. The buffer layer 320 can beomitted.

A semiconductor layer 322 is formed on the buffer layer 320. Thesemiconductor layer 322 can include an oxide semiconductor material orpolycrystalline silicon.

A gate insulating layer 324 is formed on the semiconductor layer 322.The gate insulating layer 324 can be formed of an inorganic insulatingmaterial such as silicon oxide or silicon nitride.

A gate electrode 330, which is formed of a conductive material, e.g.,metal, is formed on the gate insulating layer 324 to correspond to acenter of the semiconductor layer 322.

An interlayer insulating layer 332, which is formed of an insulatingmaterial, is formed on the gate electrode 330. The interlayer insulatinglayer 332 can be formed of an inorganic insulating material, e.g.,silicon oxide or silicon nitride, or an organic insulating material,e.g., benzocyclobutene or photo-acryl.

The interlayer insulating layer 332 includes first and second contactholes 334 and 336 exposing both sides of the semiconductor layer 322.The first and second contact holes 334 and 336 are positioned at bothsides of the gate electrode 330 to be spaced apart from the gateelectrode 330.

A source electrode 340 and a drain electrode 342, which are formed of aconductive material, e.g., metal, are formed on the interlayerinsulating layer 332.

The source electrode 340 and the drain electrode 342 are spaced apartfrom each other with respect to the gate electrode 330 and respectivelycontact both sides of the semiconductor layer 322 through the first andsecond contact holes 334 and 336.

The semiconductor layer 322, the gate electrode 330, the sourceelectrode 340 and the drain electrode 342 constitute the TFT Tr. The TFTTr serves as a driving element. Namely, the TFT Tr can correspond to thedriving TFT Td (of FIG. 1 ).

The gate line and the data line cross each other to define the pixel,and the switching TFT is formed to be connected to the gate and datalines. The switching TFT is connected to the TFT Tr as the drivingelement.

In addition, the power line, which can be formed to be parallel to andspaced apart from one of the gate and data lines, and the storagecapacitor for maintaining the voltage of the gate electrode of the TFTTr in one frame can be further formed.

A planarization layer 350, which includes a drain contact hole 352exposing the drain electrode 342 of the TFT Tr, is formed to cover theTFT Tr.

A first electrode 360, which is connected to the drain electrode 342 ofthe TFT Tr through the drain contact hole 352, is separately formed ineach pixel region and on the planarization layer 350. The firstelectrode 360 can be an anode and can be formed of a conductivematerial, e.g., a transparent conductive oxide (TCO), having arelatively high work function. The first electrode 360 can furtherinclude a reflection electrode or a reflection layer. For example, thereflection electrode or the reflective layer can include Ag oraluminum-palladium-copper (APC). In a top-emission type organic lightemitting display device 300, the first electrode 360 can have astructure of ITO/Ag/ITO or ITO/APC/ITO.

A bank layer 366 is formed on the planarization layer 350 to cover anedge of the first electrode 360. Namely, the bank layer 366 ispositioned at a boundary of the pixel and exposes a center of the firstelectrode 360 in the pixel. Since the OLED D emits the white light inthe red, green and blue pixel regions RP, GP and BP, the organicemitting layer 362 can be formed as a common layer in the red, green andblue pixel regions RP, GP and BP without separation. The bank layer 366can be formed to prevent a current leakage at an edge of the firstelectrode 360 and can be omitted.

An organic emitting layer 362 is formed on the first electrode 360. Asillustrated below, the organic emitting layer 362 includes at least twoemitting parts, and each emitting part includes at least one EML. As aresult, the OLED D emits the white light.

At least one of the emitting parts includes a first compound, e.g., ared dopant, represented by Formula 1-1, a second compound, e.g., ap-type host or a first host, represented by Formula 2-1 and a thirdcompound, e.g., an n-type host or a second host, represented by Formula3-1 to emit the red light.

A second electrode 364 is formed over the substrate 310 where theorganic emitting layer 362 is formed.

In the organic light emitting display device 300, since the lightemitted from the organic emitting layer 362 is incident to the colorfilter layer 380 through the second electrode 364, the second electrode364 has a thin profile for transmitting the light.

The first electrode 360, the organic emitting layer 362 and the secondelectrode 364 constitute the OLED D.

The color filter layer 380 is positioned over the OLED D and includes ared color filter 382, a green color filter 384 and a blue color filter386 respectively corresponding to the red, green and blue pixel regionsRP, GP and BP. The red color filter 382 can include at least one of reddye and red pigment, the green color filter 384 can include at least oneof green dye and green pigment, and the blue color filter 386 caninclude at least one of blue dye and blue pigment.

The color filter layer 380 can be attached to the OLED D by using anadhesive layer. Alternatively, the color filter layer 380 can be formeddirectly on the OLED D.

An encapsulation film can be formed to prevent penetration of moistureinto the OLED D. For example, the encapsulation film can include a firstinorganic insulating layer, an organic insulating layer and a secondinorganic insulating layer sequentially stacked, but it is not limitedthereto. The encapsulation film can be omitted.

A polarization plate for reducing an ambient light reflection can bedisposed over the top-emission type OLED D. For example, thepolarization plate can be a circular polarization plate.

In the OLED of FIG. 5 , the first and second electrodes 360 and 364 area reflection electrode and a transparent (or semi-transparent)electrode, respectively, and the color filter layer 380 is disposed overthe OLED D. Alternatively, when the first and second electrodes 360 and364 are a transparent (or semi-transparent) electrode and a reflectionelectrode, respectively, the color filter layer 380 can be disposedbetween the OLED D and the first substrate 310.

A color conversion layer can be formed between the OLED D and the colorfilter layer 380. The color conversion layer can include a red colorconversion layer, a green color conversion layer and a blue colorconversion layer respectively corresponding to the red, green and bluepixel regions RP, GP and BP. The white light from the OLED D isconverted into the red light, the green light and the blue light by thered, green and blue color conversion layer, respectively. For example,the color conversion layer can include a quantum dot. Accordingly, thecolor purity of the organic light emitting display device 300 can befurther improved.

The color conversion layer can be included instead of the color filterlayer 380.

As described above, in the organic light emitting display device 300,the OLED D in the red, green and blue pixel regions RP, GP and BP emitsthe white light, and the white light from the organic light emittingdiode D passes through the red color filter 382, the green color filter384 and the blue color filter 386. As a result, the red light, the greenlight and the blue light are provided from the red pixel region RP, thegreen pixel region GP and the blue pixel region BP, respectively.

In FIG. 5 , the OLED D emitting the white light is used for a displaydevice.

Alternatively, the OLED D can be formed on an entire surface of asubstrate without at least one of the driving element and the colorfilter layer to be used for a lightening device. The display device andthe lightening device each including the OLED D of the presentdisclosure can be referred to as an organic light emitting device.

FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to afifth embodiment of the present disclosure.

As shown in FIG. 6 , in the OLED D3, the organic emitting layer 362includes a first emitting part 430 including a red EML 410, a secondemitting part 440 including a first blue EML 450 and a third emittingpart 460 including a third blue EML 470. In addition, the organicemitting layer 362 can further include a first CGL 480 between the firstand second emitting parts 430 and 440 and a second CGL 490 between thefirst and third emitting part 430 and 460. In addition, the firstemitting part 430 can further include a green EML 420.

The first electrode 360 is an anode, and the second electrode 364 is acathode. One of the first and second electrodes 360 and 364 can be atransparent (semitransparent) electrode, and the other one of the firstand second electrodes 360 and 364 can be a reflective electrode.

The second emitting part 440 is positioned between the first electrode360 and the first emitting part 430, and the third emitting part 460 ispositioned between the first emitting part 430 and the second electrode364. In addition, the second emitting part 440 is positioned between thefirst electrode 360 and the first CGL 480, and the third emitting part460 is positioned between the second CGL 490 and the second electrode364. Namely, the second emitting part 440, the first CGL 480, the firstemitting part 430, the second CGL 460 and the third emitting part 460are sequentially stacked on the first electrode 360.

In the first emitting part 430, the green EML 420 is positioned on thered EML 410.

The first emitting part 430 can further include at least one of a firstHTL 432 under the red EML 410 and a first ETL 434 over the red EML 410.When the first emitting part 430 includes the green EML 420, the firstETL 434 is positioned on the green EML 420.

The second emitting part 440 can further include at least one of asecond HTL 444 under the first blue EML 450 and a second ETL 448 on thefirst blue EML 450. In addition, the second emitting part 440 canfurther include an HIL 442 between the first electrode 360 and the firstHTL 444.

The second emitting part 440 can further include at least one of a firstEBL between the second HTL 444 and the first blue EML 450 and a firstHBL between the first blue EML 450 and the second ETL 448.

The third emitting part 460 can further include at least one of a thirdHTL 462 under the second blue EML 470 and a third ETL 466 on the secondblue EML 470. In addition, the third emitting part 460 can furtherinclude an EIL 468 between the second electrode 364 and the third ETL466.

The third emitting part 460 can further include at least one of a firstEBL between the third HTL 462 and the second blue EML 470 and a firstHBL between the second blue EML 470 and the third ETL 466.

For example, the HIL 442 can include at least one of MTDATA, NATA,4,4′,4″-tris(N-(naphthalene-1-yl)-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine 1T-NATA,2T-NATA, CuPc, TCTA, NPB, HAT-CN, TDAPB, PEDOT/PSS andN-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine.

Each of the first to third HTLs 432, 444 and 464 can include at leastone of TPD, NPB, CBP, poly-TPD, TFB, TAPC, DCDPA,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)biphenyl-4-amine,and the compound in Formula 4.

Each of the first to third ETLs 434, 448 and 466 can include at leastone of Alq3, PBD, spiro-PBD, Liq, TPBi, BAlq, Bphen, NBphen, BCP, TAZ,NTAZ, TpPyPB, TmPPPyTz, PFNBr, TPQ, and TSPO1.

The EIL 468 can include at least one of an alkali halide compound, suchas LiF, CsF, NaF, or BaF₂, and an organo-metallic compound, such as Liq,lithium benzoate, or sodium stearate.

The first CGL 480 is positioned between the first and second emittingparts 430 and 440, and the second CGL 490 is positioned between thefirst and third emitting parts 430 and 460. Namely, the first and secondemitting parts 430 and 440 is connected to each other by the first CGL480, and the first and third emitting parts 430 and 460 is connected toeach other by the second CGL 490. The first CGL 480 can be a P-Njunction type CGL of an N-type CGL 482 and a P-type CGL 484, and thesecond CGL 490 can be a P-N junction type CGL of an N-type CGL 492 and aP-type CGL 494.

In the first CGL 480, the N-type CGL 482 is positioned between the firstHTL 432 and the second ETL 448, and the P-type CGL 484 is positionedbetween the N-type CGL 482 and the first HTL 432.

In the second CGL 490, the N-type CGL 492 is positioned between thefirst ETL 434 and the third HTL 462, and the P-type CGL 494 ispositioned between the N-type CGL 492 and the third HTL 462.

Each of the N-type CGL 482 of the first CGL 480 and the N-type CGL 492of the second CGL 490 can be an organic layer doped with an alkalimetal, e.g., Li, Na, K or Cs, and/or an alkali earth metal, e.g., Mg,Sr, Ba or Ra. For example, each of the N-type CGL 482 of the first CGL480 and the N-type CGL 492 of the second CGL 490 can include an organicmaterial, e.g., 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (Bphen) or MTDATA, as ahost, and the alkali metal and/or the alkali earth metal as a dopant canbe doped with a weight % of about 0.01 to 30.

Each of the P-type CGL 484 of the first CGL 480 and the P-type CGL 494of the second CGL 490 can include at least one of an inorganic material,which is selected from the group consisting of tungsten oxide (WOx),molybdenum oxide (MoOx), beryllium oxide (Be2O3), vanadium oxide (V2O5)and their combination, and an organic material, which is selected fromthe group consisting of NPD, HAT-CN, F4TCNQ, TPD,N,N,N′,N′-tetranaphthyl-benzidine (TNB), TCTA,N,N′-dioctyl-3,4,9,10-perylenedicarboximide (PTCDI-C8) and theircombination.

The red EML 410 includes a first compound 412 as a red dopant (e.g., ared emitter), a second compound 414 as a p-type host (e.g., a firsthost) and a third compound 416 as an n-type host (e.g., a second host).In the red EML 410, the first compound 412 is represented by Formula1-1, the second compound 414 is represented by Formula 2-1, and thethird compound 416 is represented by Formula 3-1.

In the red EML 410, each of the second and third compounds 414 and 416can have a weight % being greater than the first compound 412. Forexample, in the red EML 410, the first compound 412 can have a weight %of 1 to 20, e.g., 5 to 15.

In addition, in the red EML 410, a ratio of the weight % between thesecond compound 414 and the third compound 416 can be 1:3 to 3:1. Forexample, in the red EML 410, the second and third compounds 414 and 416can have the same weight %.

In the first emitting part 410, the green EML 420 includes a green hostand a green dopant. The green dopant can be one of a phosphorescentcompound, a fluorescent compound and a delayed fluorescent compound. Forexample, in the green EML 420, the host can be4,4′-bis(carbazol-9-yl)biphenyl (CBP), and the green dopant can be factris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium Ir(ppy)3 ortris(8-hydroxyquinolino)aluminum (Alq3).

The first blue EML 450 in the second emitting part 440 includes a firstblue host and a first blue dopant, and the second blue EML 470 in thethird emitting part 460 includes a second blue host and a second bluedopant.

For example, each of the first and second blue hosts can beindependently selected from the group consisting of mCP,9-(3-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl)-9H-carbazole-3-carbonitrile (mCP-CN),mCBP, CBP-CN,9-(3-(9H-Carbazol-9-yl)phenyl)-3-(diphenylphosphoryl)-9H-carbazole(mCPPO1) 3,5-Di(9H-carbazol-9-yl)biphenyl (Ph-mCP), TSPO1,9-(3′-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-9H-pyrido[2,3-b]indole(CzBPCb), bis(2-methylphenyl)diphenylsilane (UGH-1),1,4-bis(triphenylsilyl)benzene (UGH-2), 1,3-bis(triphenylsilyl)benzene(UGH-3), 9,9-spiorobifluoren-2-yl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide (SPPO1) and9,9′-(5-(triphenylsilyl)-1,3-phenylene)bis(9H-carbazole) (SimCP).

For example, each of the first and second blue dopants can beindependently selected from the group consisting of perylene,4,4′-bis[4-(di-p-tolylamino)styryl]biphenyl (DPAVBi),4-(di-p-tolylamino)-4-4′-[(di-p-tolylamino)styryl]stilbene (DPAVB),4,4′-bis[4-(diphenylamino)styryl]biphenyl (BDAVBi),2,7-bis(4-diphenylamino)styryl)-9,9-spiorfluorene (spiro-DPVBi),[1,4-bis[2-[4-[N,N-di(p-tolyl)amino]phenyl]vinyl] benzene (DSB),1-4-di-[4-(N,N-diphenyl)amino]styryl-benzene (DSA),2,5,8,11-tetra-tetr-butylperylene (TBPe),bis(2-hydroxylphenyl)-pyridine)beryllium (Bepp2),9-(9-Phenylcarbazole-3-yl)-10-(naphthalene-1-yl)anthracene (PCAN),mer-tris(1-phenyl-3-methylimidazolin-2-ylidene-C,C(2)′ iridium(III)(mer-Ir(pmi)3), fac-Tris(1,3-diphenyl-benzimidazolin-2-ylidene-C,C(2)′iridium(III) (fac-Ir(dpbic)3),bis(3,4,5-trifluoro-2-(2-pyridyl)phenyl-(2-carboxypyridyl)iridium(III)(Ir(tfpd)2pic), tris(2-(4,6-difluorophenyl)pyridine))iridium(III)(Ir(Fppy)3) andbis[2-(4,6-difluorophenyl)pyridinato-C2,N](picolinato)iridium(III)(FIrpic).

In an exemplary aspect, each of the first and second blue EMLs 450 and470 can include an anthracene derivative as a blue host and a boronderivative as a blue dopant.

As illustrated above, the OLED D3 of the present disclosure includes thefirst emitting part 430 including the red EML 410 and the green EML 420,the second emitting part 440 including the first blue EML 450 and thethird emitting part 460 including the second blue EML 470. As a result,the OLED D3 emits the white light.

In addition, the red EML 410 includes the first compound 412, which isrepresented by Formula 1-1, as a red dopant, the second compound 414,which is represented by Formula 2-1, as a first host or a p-type host,and the third compound 416, which is represented by Formula 3-1, as asecond host or an n-type host. As a result, the OLED D3 has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to asixth embodiment of the present disclosure.

As shown in FIG. 7 , in the OLED D4, the organic emitting layer 362includes a first emitting part 530 including a red EML 510 and green EML520 and a yellow-green EML 525, a second emitting part 540 including afirst blue EML 550 and a third emitting part 560 including a third blueEML 570. In addition, the organic emitting layer 362 can further includea first CGL 580 between the first and second emitting parts 530 and 540and a second CGL 590 between the first and third emitting part 530 and560.

The first electrode 360 is an anode, and the second electrode 364 is acathode. One of the first and second electrodes 360 and 364 can be atransparent (semitransparent) electrode, and the other one of the firstand second electrodes 360 and 364 can be a reflective electrode.

The second emitting part 540 is positioned between the first electrode360 and the first emitting part 530, and the third emitting part 560 ispositioned between the first emitting part 530 and the second electrode364. In addition, the second emitting part 540 is positioned between thefirst electrode 360 and the first CGL 580, and the third emitting part560 is positioned between the second CGL 590 and the second electrode364. Namely, the second emitting part 540, the first CGL 580, the firstemitting part 530, the second CGL 560 and the third emitting part 560are sequentially stacked on the first electrode 360.

In the first emitting part 530, the yellow-green EML 525 is positionedbetween the red EML 510 and the green EML 520. Namely, the red EML 510,the yellow-green EML 525 and the green EML 520 are sequentially stackedso that the first emitting part 530 includes an EML having atriple-layered structure.

The first emitting part 530 can further include at least one of a firstHTL 532 under the red EML 510 and a first ETL 534 over the red EML 510.

The second emitting part 540 can further include at least one of asecond HTL 544 under the first blue EML 550 and a second ETL 548 on thefirst blue EML 550. In addition, the second emitting part 540 canfurther include an HIL 542 between the first electrode 360 and the firstHTL 544.

The second emitting part 540 can further include at least one of a firstEBL between the second HTL 544 and the first blue EML 550 and a firstHBL between the first blue EML 550 and the second ETL 548.

The third emitting part 560 can further include at least one of a thirdHTL 562 under the second blue EML 570 and a third ETL 566 on the secondblue EML 570. In addition, the third emitting part 560 can furtherinclude an EIL 568 between the second electrode 364 and the third ETL566.

The third emitting part 560 can further include at least one of a firstEBL between the third HTL 562 and the second blue EML 570 and a firstHBL between the second blue EML 570 and the third ETL 566.

For example, the HIL 542 can include at least one of MTDATA, NATA,4,4′,4″-tris(N-(naphthalene-1-yl)-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine 1T-NATA,2T-NATA, CuPc, TCTA, NPB, HAT-CN, TDAPB, PEDOT/PSS andN-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine.

Each of the first to third HTLs 532, 544 and 564 can include at leastone of TPD, NPB, CBP, poly-TPD, TFB, TAPC, DCDPA,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)biphenyl-4-amine,and the compound in Formula 4.

Each of the first to third ETLs 534, 548 and 566 can include at leastone of Alq3, PBD, spiro-PBD, Liq, TPBi, BAlq, Bphen, NBphen, BCP, TAZ,NTAZ, TpPyPB, TmPPPyTz, PFNBr, TPQ, and TSPO1.

The EIL 568 can include at least one of an alkali halide compound, suchas LiF, CsF, NaF, or BaF₂, and an organo-metallic compound, such as Liq,lithium benzoate, or sodium stearate.

The first CGL 580 is positioned between the first and second emittingparts 530 and 540, and the second CGL 590 is positioned between thefirst and third emitting parts 530 and 560. Namely, the first and secondemitting parts 530 and 540 is connected to each other by the first CGL580, and the first and third emitting parts 530 and 560 is connected toeach other by the second CGL 590. The first CGL 580 can be a P-Njunction type CGL of an N-type CGL 582 and a P-type CGL 584, and thesecond CGL 590 can be a P-N junction type CGL of an N-type CGL 592 and aP-type CGL 594.

In the first CGL 580, the N-type CGL 582 is positioned between the firstHTL 532 and the second ETL 548, and the P-type CGL 584 is positionedbetween the N-type CGL 582 and the first HTL 532.

In the second CGL 590, the N-type CGL 592 is positioned between thefirst ETL 534 and the third HTL 562, and the P-type CGL 594 ispositioned between the N-type CGL 592 and the third HTL 562.

Each of the N-type CGL 582 of the first CGL 580 and the N-type CGL 592of the second CGL 590 can be an organic layer doped with an alkalimetal, e.g., Li, Na, K or Cs, and/or an alkali earth metal, e.g., Mg,Sr, Ba or Ra. For example, each of the N-type CGL 582 of the first CGL580 and the N-type CGL 592 of the second CGL 590 can include an organicmaterial, e.g., 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (Bphen) or MTDATA, as ahost, and the alkali metal and/or the alkali earth metal as a dopant canbe doped with a weight % of about 0.01 to 30.

Each of the P-type CGL 584 of the first CGL 580 and the P-type CGL 594of the second CGL 590 can include at least one of an inorganic material,which is selected from the group consisting of tungsten oxide (WOx),molybdenum oxide (MoOx), beryllium oxide (Be2O3), vanadium oxide (V2O5)and their combination, and an organic material, which is selected fromthe group consisting of NPD, HAT-CN, F4TCNQ, TPD,N,N,N′,N′-tetranaphthyl-benzidine (TNB), TCTA,N,N′-dioctyl-3,4,9,10-perylenedicarboximide (PTCDI-C8) and theircombination.

The red EML 510 includes a first compound 512 as a red dopant (e.g., ared emitter), a second compound 514 as a p-type host (e.g., a firsthost) and a third compound 516 as an n-type host (e.g., a second host).In the red EML 510, the first compound 512 is represented by Formula1-1, the second compound 514 is represented by Formula 2-1, and thethird compound 516 is represented by Formula 3-1.

In the red EML 510, each of the second and third compounds 514 and 516can have a weight % being greater than the first compound 512. Forexample, in the red EML 510, the first compound 512 can have a weight %of 1 to 20, e.g., 5 to 15.

In addition, in the red EML 510, a ratio of the weight % between thesecond compound 514 and the third compound 516 can be 1:3 to 3:1. Forexample, in the red EML 510, the second and third compounds 514 and 516can have the same weight %.

In the first emitting part 510, the green EML 520 includes a green hostand a green dopant. The green dopant can be one of a phosphorescentcompound, a fluorescent compound and a delayed fluorescent compound. Inaddition, in the first emitting part 510, the yellow-green EML 525includes a yellow-green host and a yellow-green dopant. The yellow-greendopant can be one of a phosphorescent compound, a fluorescent compoundand a delayed fluorescent compound.

The first blue EML 550 in the second emitting part 540 includes a firstblue host and a first blue dopant, and the second blue EML 570 in thethird emitting part 560 includes a second blue host and a second bluedopant.

For example, each of the first and second blue hosts can beindependently selected from the group consisting of mCP, mCP-CN, mCBP,CBP-CN, mCPPO1 Ph-mCP, TSPO1, CzBPCb, UGH-1, UGH-2, UGH-3, SPPO1 andSimCP.

For example, each of the first and second blue dopants can beindependently selected from the group consisting of perylene, DPAVBi,DPAVB, BDAVBi, spiro-DPVBi, DSB, DSA, TBPe, Bepp2, PCAN, mer-Ir(pmi)3,fac-Ir(dpbic)3, Ir(tfpd)2pic, Ir(Fppy)3 and FIrpic.

In an exemplary aspect, each of the first and second blue EMLs 550 and570 can include an anthracene derivative as a blue host and a boronderivative as a blue dopant.

As illustrated above, the OLED D4 of the present disclosure includes thefirst emitting part 530 including the red EML 510, the green EML 520 andthe yellow-green EML 525, the second emitting part 540 including thefirst blue EML 550 and the third emitting part 560 including the secondblue EML 570. As a result, the OLED D4 emits the white light.

In addition, the red EML 510 includes the first compound 512, which isrepresented by Formula 1-1, as a red dopant, the second compound 514,which is represented by Formula 2-1, as a first host or a p-type host,and the third compound 516, which is represented by Formula 3-1, as asecond host or an n-type host. As a result, the OLED D4 has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an OLED according to aseventh embodiment of the present disclosure.

As shown in FIG. 8 , in the OLED D5, the organic emitting layer 362includes a first emitting part 630 including a red EML 610 and a greenEML 620 and a second emitting part 640 including a blue EML 650. Inaddition, the organic emitting layer 362 can further include a CGL 660between the first and second emitting parts 630 and 640.

The first electrode 360 is an anode, and the second electrode 364 is acathode. One of the first and second electrodes 360 and 364 can be atransparent (semitransparent) electrode, and the other one of the firstand second electrodes 360 and 364 can be a reflective electrode.

The first emitting part 630 is positioned between the CGL 660 and thesecond electrode 364, and the second emitting part 640 is positionedbetween the CGL 660 and the first electrode 360. Alternatively, thefirst emitting part 630 can be positioned between the CGL 660 and thefirst electrode 360, and the second emitting part 640 can be positionedbetween the CGL 660 and the second electrode 364.

In the first emitting part 630, the green EML 620 is positioned on thered EML 610.

The first emitting part 630 can further include at least one of a firstHTL 632 under the red EML 610 and a first ETL 634 over the red EML 610.When the first emitting part 630 includes the green EML 620, the firstETL 634 is positioned on the green EML 620. In addition, the firstemitting part 630 can further include an EIL 636 between the first ETL634 and the second electrode 364.

The second emitting part 640 can further include at least one of asecond HTL 644 under the blue EML 650 and a second ETL 646 on the blueEML 650. In addition, the second emitting part 640 can further includean HIL 642 between the first electrode 360 and the first HTL 644.

For example, the HIL 642 can include at least one of MTDATA, NATA,4,4′,4″-tris(N-(naphthalene-1-yl)-N-phenyl-amino)triphenylamine 1T-NATA,2T-NATA, CuPc, TCTA, NPB, HAT-CN, TDAPB, PEDOT/PSS andN-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine.

Each of the first and second HTLs 632 and 644 can include at least oneof TPD, NPB, CBP, poly-TPD, TFB, TAPC, DCDPA,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-9,9-dimethyl-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)-9H-fluoren-2-amine,N-(biphenyl-4-yl)-N-(4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl)biphenyl-4-amine,and the compound in Formula 4.

Each of the first and second ETLs 634 and 646 can include at least oneof Alq3, PBD, spiro-PBD, Liq, TPBi, BAlq, Bphen, NBphen, BCP, TAZ, NTAZ,TpPyPB, TmPPPyTz, PFNBr, TPQ, and TSPO1.

The EIL 636 can include at least one of an alkali halide compound, suchas LiF, CsF, NaF, or BaF₂, and an organo-metallic compound, such as Liq,lithium benzoate, or sodium stearate.

The CGL 660 is positioned between the first and second emitting parts630 and 640. Namely, the first and second emitting parts 630 and 640 isconnected to each other by the CGL 660.

The CGL 660 can be a P-N junction type CGL of an N-type CGL 662 and aP-type CGL 664.

In the CGL 660, the N-type CGL 662 is positioned between the first HTL632 and the second ETL 646, and the P-type CGL 664 is positioned betweenthe N-type CGL 662 and the first HTL 632.

The N-type CGL 662 can be an organic layer doped with an alkali metal,e.g., Li, Na, K or Cs, and/or an alkali earth metal, e.g., Mg, Sr, Ba orRa. For example, the N-type CGL 662 can include an organic material,e.g., 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (Bphen) or MTDATA, as a host, andthe alkali metal and/or the alkali earth metal as a dopant can be dopedwith a weight % of about 0.01 to 30.

The P-type CGL 664 can include at least one of an inorganic material,which is selected from the group consisting of tungsten oxide (WOx),molybdenum oxide (MoOx), beryllium oxide (Be2O3), vanadium oxide (V2O5)and their combination, and an organic material, which is selected fromthe group consisting of NPD, HAT-CN, F4TCNQ, TPD,N,N,N′,N′-tetranaphthyl-benzidine (TNB), TCTA,N,N′-dioctyl-3,4,9,10-perylenedicarboximide (PTCDI-C8) and theircombination.

The red EML 610 includes a first compound 612 as a red dopant (e.g., ared emitter), a second compound 614 as a p-type host (e.g., a firsthost) and a third compound 616 as an n-type host (e.g., a second host).In the red EML 610, the first compound 612 is represented by Formula1-1, the second compound 614 is represented by Formula 2-1, and thethird compound 616 is represented by Formula 3-1.

In the red EML 610, each of the second and third compounds 614 and 616can have a weight % being greater than the first compound 612. Forexample, in the red EML 610, the first compound 612 can have a weight %of 1 to 20, e.g., 5 to 15.

In addition, in the red EML 610, a ratio of the weight % between thesecond compound 614 and the third compound 616 can be 1:3 to 3:1. Forexample, in the red EML 610, the second and third compounds 614 and 616can have the same weight %.

In the first emitting part 610, the green EML 620 includes a green hostand a green dopant. The green dopant can be one of a phosphorescentcompound, a fluorescent compound and a delayed fluorescent compound.

The blue EML 650 in the second emitting part 640 includes a blue hostand a blue dopant.

For example, the blue host can be selected from the group consisting ofmCP, mCP-CN, mCBP, CBP-CN, mCPPO1 Ph-mCP, TSPO1, CzBPCb, UGH-1, UGH-2,UGH-3, SPPO1 and SimCP, a and the blue dopant can be selected from thegroup consisting of perylene, DPAVBi, DPAVB, BDAVBi, spiro-DPVBi, DSB,DSA, TBPe, Bepp2, PCAN, mer-Ir(pmi)3, fac-Ir(dpbic)3, Ir(tfpd)2pic,Ir(Fppy)3 and FIrpic.

In an exemplary aspect, the blue EML 650 can include an anthracenederivative as a blue host and a boron derivative as a blue dopant.

As illustrated above, the OLED D5 of the present disclosure includes thefirst emitting part 630 including the red EML 610 and the green EML 620and the second emitting part 640 including the blue EML 650. As aresult, the OLED D5 emits the white light.

In addition, the red EML 610 includes the first compound 612, which isrepresented by Formula 1-1, as a red dopant, the second compound 614,which is represented by Formula 2-1, as a first host or a p-type host,and the third compound 616, which is represented by Formula 3-1, as asecond host or an n-type host. As a result, the OLED D5 has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

[OLED]

The anode (ITO), the HIL (HATCN (the compound in Formula 5), 100 Å), theHTL (the compound in Formula 4, 700 Å), the EML (host and dopant (10 wt.%), 300 Å), the ETL (Alq3, 300 Å), the EIL (LiF, 10 Å) and the cathode(Al, 1000 Å) was sequentially deposited. An encapsulation film is formedby using an UV curable epoxy and a moisture getter to form the OLED.

1. Comparative Example 1 (Ref1)

The compound RD1 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

2. Examples (1) Examples 1 to 4 (Ex1 to Ex4)

The compound RD1 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 5 to 8 (Ex5 to Ex8)

The compound RD1 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 9 to 12 (Ex9 to Ex12)

The compound RD1 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 13 to 16 (Ex13 to Ex16)

The compound RD1 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 1 and Examples 1 to 16 are measured and listed inTable 1. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 1 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref1 RD1 CBP 4.28 100 100 Ex1RD1 RHH-2 REH-1 4.21 127 135 Ex2 RD1 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 125 134 Ex3 RD1RHH-2 REH-16 4.24 117 120 Ex4 RD1 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 114 117 Ex5 RD1RHH-8 REH-1 4.16 131 138 Ex6 RD1 RHH-8 REH-11 4.16 126 135 Ex7 RD1 RHH-8REH-16 4.18 121 126 Ex8 RD1 RHH-8 REH-30 4.18 118 121 Ex9 RD1 RHH-20REH-1 4.14 127 134 Ex10 RD1 RHH-20 REH-11 4.12 125 130 Ex11 RD1 RHH-20REH-16 4.17 114 126 Ex12 RD1 RHH-20 REH-30 4.16 111 120 Ex13 RD1 RHH-27REH-1 4.17 115 130 Ex14 RD1 RHH-27 REH-11 4.17 113 126 Ex15 RD1 RHH-27REH-16 4.19 107 116 Ex16 RD1 RHH-27 REH-30 4.20 105 115

As shown in Table 1, in comparison to the OLED of Ref1, in which the redEML includes the compound RD1 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx1 to Ex16, in which the red EML includes the compound RD1 as a dopant,the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host, and thecompound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 1 to 12, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD1 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 1, 2, 5, 6, 9, 10, 13 and 14, when the compoundREH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2, RHH-8,RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD1 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

3. Comparative Example 2 (Ref2)

The compound RD2 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

4. Examples (1) Examples 17 to 20 (Ex17 to Ex20)

The compound RD2 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 21 to 24 (Ex21 to Ex24)

The compound RD2 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 25 to 28 (Ex25 to Ex28)

The compound RD2 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 29 to 32 (Ex29 to Ex32)

The compound RD2 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 2 and Examples 17 to 32 are measured and listed inTable 2. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 2 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref2 RD2 CBP 4.30 100 100Ex17 RD2 RHH-2 REH-1 4.21 125 134 Ex18 RD2 RHH-2 REH-11 4.22 123 128Ex19 RD2 RHH-2 REH-16 4.24 116 122 Ex20 RD2 RHH-2 REH-30 4.24 112 119Ex21 RD2 RHH-8 REH-1 4.18 127 135 Ex22 RD2 RHH-8 REH-11 4.19 121 130Ex23 RD2 RHH-8 REH-16 4.22 115 125 Ex24 RD2 RHH-8 REH-30 4.23 111 118Ex25 RD2 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 125 133 Ex26 RD2 RHH-20 REH-11 4.18 121 127Ex27 RD2 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 111 123 Ex28 RD2 RHH-20 REH-30 4.24 108 119Ex29 RD2 RHH-27 REH-1 4.20 110 128 Ex30 RD2 RHH-27 REH-11 4.21 109 121Ex31 RD2 RHH-27 REH-16 4.24 105 114 Ex32 RD2 RHH-27 REH-30 4.25 105 115

As shown in Table 2, in comparison to the OLED of Ref2, in which the redEML includes the compound RD2 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx17 to Ex32, in which the red EML includes the compound RD2 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host,and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 17 to 28, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD2 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 17, 18, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29 and 30, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD2 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

5. Comparative Example 3 (Ref3)

The compound RD3 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

6. Examples (1) Examples 33 to 36 (Ex33 to Ex36)

The compound RD3 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 orRHH-27 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 37 to 40 (Ex37 to Ex40)

The compound RD3 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 orRHH-27 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 41 to 44 (Ex41 to Ex44)

The compound RD3 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 orRHH-27 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 45 to 48 (Ex45 to Ex48)

The compound RD3 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 orRHH-27 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 3 and Examples 33 to 48 are measured and listed inTable 3. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 3 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref3 RD3 CBP 4.30 100 100Ex33 RD3 RHH-2 REH-1 4.22 124 132 Ex34 RD3 RHH-2 REH-11 4.22 122 127Ex35 RD3 RHH-2 REH-16 4.24 119 118 Ex36 RD3 RHH-2 REH-30 4.26 115 117Ex37 RD3 RHH-8 REH-1 4.18 127 134 Ex38 RD3 RHH-8 REH-11 4.19 124 129Ex39 RD3 RHH-8 REH-16 4.23 119 126 Ex40 RD3 RHH-8 REH-30 4.24 117 121Ex41 RD3 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 122 131 Ex42 RD3 RHH-20 REH-11 4.18 120 125Ex43 RD3 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 118 121 Ex44 RD3 RHH-20 REH-30 4.22 114 118Ex45 RD3 RHH-27 REH-1 4.19 117 126 Ex46 RD3 RHH-27 REH-11 4.20 115 122Ex47 RD3 RHH-27 REH-16 4.24 110 114 Ex48 RD3 RHH-27 REH-30 4.25 107 115

As shown in Table 3, in comparison to the OLED of Ref3, in which the redEML includes the compound RD3 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx33 to Ex48, in which the red EML includes the compound RD3 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host,and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 33 to 44, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD3 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 33, 34, 37, 38, 41, 42, 45 and 46, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD3 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

7. Comparative Example 4 (Ref4)

The compound RD4 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

8. Examples (1) Examples 49 to 52 (Ex49 to Ex52)

The compound RD4 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 53 to 56 (Ex53 to Ex56)

The compound RD4 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 57 to 60 (Ex57 to Ex60)

The compound RD4 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 and REH-28 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form theEML. (first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 61 to 64 (Ex61 to Ex64)

The compound RD4 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 4 and Examples 49 to 64 are measured and listed inTable 4. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 4 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref4 RD4 CBP 4.31 100 100Ex49 RD4 RHH-2 REH-1 4.23 122 128 Ex50 RD4 RHH-2 REH-11 4.22 120 122Ex51 RD4 RHH-2 REH-16 4.24 118 117 Ex52 RD4 RHH-2 REH-30 4.23 112 112Ex53 RD4 RHH-8 REH-1 4.19 125 133 Ex54 RD4 RHH-8 REH-11 4.20 121 126Ex55 RD4 RHH-8 REH-16 4.22 119 122 Ex56 RD4 RHH-8 REH-30 4.24 116 119Ex57 RD4 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 123 131 Ex58 RD4 RHH-20 REH-11 4.18 119 128Ex59 RD4 RHH-20 REH-16 4.22 115 117 Ex60 RD4 RHH-20 REH-30 4.23 112 116Ex61 RD4 RHH-27 REH-1 4.23 118 127 Ex62 RD4 RHH-27 REH-11 4.24 115 124Ex63 RD4 RHH-27 REH-16 4.25 110 117 Ex64 RD4 RHH-27 REH-30 4.28 111 116

As shown in Table 4, in comparison to the OLED of Ref4, in which the redEML includes the compound RD4 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx49 to Ex64, in which the red EML includes the compound RD4 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host,and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 49 to 60, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD4 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 49, 50, 53, 54, 57, 58, 61 and 62, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD4 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

9. Comparative Example 5 (Ref5)

The compound RD5 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

10. Examples (1) Examples 65 and 68 (Ex65 and Ex68)

The compound RD5 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 69 and 72 (Ex69 and Ex72)

The compound RD5 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 73 and 76 (Ex73 and Ex76)

The compound RD5 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 77 and 80 (Ex77 and Ex80)

The compound RD5 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 5 and Examples 65 to 80 are measured and listed inTable 5. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 5 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref5 RD5 CBP 4.28 100 100Ex65 RD5 RHH-2 REH-1 4.21 126 132 Ex66 RD5 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 125 127Ex67 RD5 RHH-2 REH-16 4.23 117 118 Ex68 RD5 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 115 113Ex69 RD5 RHH-8 REH-1 4.16 129 138 Ex70 RD5 RHH-8 REH-11 4.17 123 134Ex71 RD5 RHH-8 REH-16 4.18 117 121 Ex72 RD5 RHH-8 REH-30 4.18 115 118Ex73 RD5 RHH-20 REH-1 4.15 125 134 Ex74 RD5 RHH-20 REH-11 4.15 123 129Ex75 RD5 RHH-20 REH-16 4.18 111 123 Ex76 RD5 RHH-20 REH-30 4.19 112 117Ex77 RD5 RHH-27 REH-1 4.19 115 126 Ex78 RD5 RHH-27 REH-11 4.20 113 122Ex79 RD5 RHH-27 REH-16 4.23 108 115 Ex80 RD5 RHH-27 REH-30 4.22 108 112

As shown in Table 5, in comparison to the OLED of Ref5, in which the redEML includes the compound RD5 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx65 to Ex80, in which the red EML includes the compound RD5 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host,and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 65 to 76, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD5 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 65, 66, 69, 70, 73, 74, 77 and 78, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD5 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

11. Comparative Example 6 (Ref6)

The compound RD6 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

12. Examples (1) Examples 81 and 84 (Ex81 and Ex84)

The compound RD6 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 85 and 88 (Ex85 and Ex88)

The compound RD6 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 89 and 92 (Ex89 and Ex92)

The compound RD6 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 93 and 96 (Ex93 and Ex96)

The compound RD6 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 6 and Examples 81 to 96 are measured and listed inTable 6. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 6 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref6 RD6 CBP 4.30 100 100Ex81 RD6 RHH-2 REH-1 4.23 125 133 Ex82 RD6 RHH-2 REH-11 4.22 123 128Ex83 RD6 RHH-2 REH-16 4.24 116 121 Ex84 RD6 RHH-2 REH-30 4.23 112 117Ex85 RD6 RHH-8 REH-1 4.18 127 134 Ex86 RD6 RHH-8 REH-11 4.18 121 129Ex87 RD6 RHH-8 REH-16 4.22 115 120 Ex88 RD6 RHH-8 REH-30 4.21 111 116Ex89 RD6 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 125 130 Ex90 RD6 RHH-20 REH-11 4.16 121 125Ex91 RD6 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 111 121 Ex92 RD6 RHH-20 REH-30 4.22 108 117Ex93 RD6 RHH-27 REH-1 4.22 110 125 Ex94 RD6 RHH-27 REH-11 4.20 109 119Ex95 RD6 RHH-27 REH-16 4.24 105 108 Ex96 RD6 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 105 110

As shown in Table 6, in comparison to the OLED of Ref6, in which the redEML includes the compound RD6 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx81 to Ex96, in which the red EML includes the compound RD6 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host,and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 81 to 92, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD6 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 81, 82, 85, 86, 89, 90, 93 and 94, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD6 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

13. Comparative Example 7 (Ref7)

The compound RD7 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

14. Examples (1) Examples 97 and 100 (Ex97 and Ex100)

The compound RD7 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 101 and 104 (Ex101 and Ex104)

The compound RD7 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 105 and 108 (Ex105 and Ex108)

The compound RD7 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 109 and 112 (Ex109 and Ex112)

The compound RD7 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 7 and Examples 97 to 112 are measured and listed inTable 7. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 7 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref7 RD7 CBP 4.31 100 100Ex97 RD7 RHH-2 REH-1 4.22 123 131 Ex98 RD7 RHH-2 REH-11 4.22 121 126Ex99 RD7 RHH-2 REH-16 4.25 117 117 Ex100 RD7 RHH-2 REH-30 4.26 114 115Ex101 RD7 RHH-8 REH-1 4.19 126 132 Ex102 RD7 RHH-8 REH-11 4.20 123 128Ex103 RD7 RHH-8 REH-16 4.23 119 123 Ex104 RD7 RHH-8 REH-30 4.24 118 119Ex105 RD7 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 123 130 Ex106 RD7 RHH-20 REH-11 4.19 120 123Ex107 RD7 RHH-20 REH-16 4.22 118 120 Ex108 RD7 RHH-20 REH-30 4.24 115116 Ex109 RD7 RHH-27 REH-1 4.20 116 124 Ex110 RD7 RHH-27 REH-11 4.21 115120 Ex111 RD7 RHH-27 REH-16 4.25 109 112 Ex112 RD7 RHH-27 REH-30 4.27105 110

As shown in Table 7, in comparison to the OLED of Ref7, in which the redEML includes the compound RD7 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx97 to Ex112, in which the red EML includes the compound RD7 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host,and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 97 to 108, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD7 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 97, 98, 101, 102, 105, 106, 109 and 110, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD7 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

15. Comparative Example 8 (Ref8)

The compound RD8 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

16. Examples (1) Examples 113 and 116 (Ex113 and Ex116)

The compound RD8 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 117 and 120 (Ex117 and Ex120)

The compound RD8 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 121 and 124 (Ex121 and Ex124)

The compound RD8 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 125 and 128 (Ex125 and Ex128)

The compound RD8 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example Band Examples 113 to 128 are measured and listed inTable 8. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 8 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref8 RD8 CBP 4.32 100 100Ex113 RD8 RHH-2 REH-1 4.25 120 126 Ex114 RD8 RHH-2 REH-11 4.23 119 121Ex115 RD8 RHH-2 REH-16 4.26 116 115 Ex116 RD8 RHH-2 REH-30 4.25 110 110Ex117 RD8 RHH-8 REH-1 4.20 125 130 Ex118 RD8 RHH-8 REH-11 4.22 119 124Ex119 RD8 RHH-8 REH-16 4.24 119 119 Ex120 RD8 RHH-8 REH-30 4.25 113 116Ex121 RD8 RHH-20 REH-1 4.19 121 127 Ex122 RD8 RHH-20 REH-11 4.19 118 121Ex123 RD8 RHH-20 REH-16 4.23 112 117 Ex124 RD8 RHH-20 REH-30 4.24 108114 Ex125 RD8 RHH-27 REH-1 4.23 115 123 Ex126 RD8 RHH-27 REH-11 4.25 110116 Ex127 RD8 RHH-27 REH-16 4.25 109 109 Ex128 RD8 RHH-27 REH-30 4.28107 110

As shown in Table 8, in comparison to the OLED of Ref8, in which the redEML includes the compound RD8 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx113 to Ex128, in which the red EML includes the compound RD8 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a first host,and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a second host, hasadvantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 113 to 124, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD8 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 113, 114, 117, 118, 121, 122, 125 and 126, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD8 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

17. Comparative Example 9 (Ref9)

The compound RD9 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

18. Examples (1) Examples 129 and 131 (Ex129 and Ex131)

The compound RD9 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 132 and 134 (Ex132 and Ex134)

The compound RD9 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 135 and 137 (Ex135 and Ex137)

The compound RD9 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 9 and Examples 129 to 137 are measured and listed inTable 9. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 9 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref9 RD9 CBP 4.29 100 100Ex129 RD9 RHH-2 REH-1 4.20 118 120 Ex130 RD9 RHH-2 REH-11 4.18 117 115Ex131 RD9 RHH-2 REH-16 4.21 115 109 Ex132 RD9 RHH-8 REH-1 4.18 121 121Ex133 RD9 RHH-8 REH-11 4.16 115 120 Ex134 RD9 RHH-8 REH-16 4.20 114 116Ex135 RD9 RHH-20 REH-1 4.15 118 119 Ex136 RD9 RHH-20 REH-11 4.13 115 116Ex137 RD9 RHH-20 REH-16 4.17 113 114

As shown in Table 9, in comparison to the OLED of Ref9, in which the redEML includes the compound RD9 as a dopant and CBP as a host, the OLED ofEx129 to Ex137, in which the red EML includes the compound RD9 as adopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, and thecompound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantages inthe driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 129, 130, 132, 133, 135 and 136, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD9 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

19. Comparative Example 10 (Ref10)

The compound RD10 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

20. Examples (1) Examples 138 and 140 (Ex138 and Ex140)

The compound RD10 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 141 and 143 (Ex141 and Ex143)

The compound RD10 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 144 and 146 (Ex144 and Ex146)

The compound RD10 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 10 and Examples 138 to 146 are measured and listedin Table 10. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 10 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref10 RD10 CBP 4.30 100 100Ex138 RD10 RHH-2 REH-1 4.21 117 120 Ex139 RD10 RHH-2 REH-11 4.20 117 116Ex140 RD10 RHH-2 REH-16 4.22 114 110 Ex141 RD10 RHH-8 REH-1 4.19 120 120Ex142 RD10 RHH-8 REH-11 4.17 116 118 Ex143 RD10 RHH-8 REH-16 4.20 115115 Ex144 RD10 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 117 118 Ex145 RD10 RHH-20 REH-11 4.15114 115 Ex146 RD10 RHH-20 REH-16 4.18 111 113

As shown in Table 10, in comparison to the OLED of Ref10, in which thered EML includes the compound RD10 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex138 to Ex146, in which the red EML includes the compound RD10as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, andthe compound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

In addition, as Examples 138, 139, 141, 142, 144 and 145, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD10 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

21. Comparative Example 11 (Ref1l)

The compound RD11 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

22. Examples (1) Examples 147 and 149 (Ex147 and Ex149)

The compound RD11 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 150 and 152 (Ex150 and Ex152)

The compound RD11 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 153 and 155 (Ex153 and Ex155)

The compound RD11 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 1 land Examples 147 to 155 are measured and listedin Table 11. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 11 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref11 RD11 CBP 4.31 100 100Ex147 RD11 RHH-2 REH-1 4.23 117 119 Ex148 RD11 RHH-2 REH-11 4.21 118 114Ex149 RD11 RHH-2 REH-16 4.23 114 110 Ex150 RD11 RHH-8 REH-1 4.20 119 121Ex151 RD11 RHH-8 REH-11 4.19 117 118 Ex152 RD11 RHH-8 REH-16 4.21 113114 Ex153 RD11 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 115 116 Ex154 RD11 RHH-20 REH-11 4.17113 112 Ex155 RD11 RHH-20 REH-16 4.20 112 110

As shown in Table 11, in comparison to the OLED of Ref11, in which thered EML includes the compound RD11 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex147 to Ex155, in which the red EML includes the compound RD11as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, andthe compound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

In addition, as Examples 147, 148, 150, 151, 153 and 154, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD11 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

23. Comparative Example 12 (Ref12)

The compound RD12 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

24. Examples (1) Examples 156 and 158 (Ex156 and Ex158)

The compound RD12 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 159 and 161 (Ex159 and Ex161)

The compound RD12 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 162 and 164 (Ex162 and Ex164)

The compound RD12 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 12 and Examples 156 to 164 are measured and listedin Table 12. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 12 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref12 RD12 CBP 4.31 100 100Ex156 RD12 RHH-2 REH-1 4.24 116 119 Ex157 RD12 RHH-2 REH-11 4.22 118 115Ex158 RD12 RHH-2 REH-16 4.23 115 111 Ex159 RD12 RHH-8 REH-1 4.21 117 123Ex160 RD12 RHH-8 REH-11 4.20 115 119 Ex161 RD12 RHH-8 REH-16 4.22 111115 Ex162 RD12 RHH-20 REH-1 4.19 114 113 Ex163 RD12 RHH-20 REH-11 4.18112 110 Ex164 RD12 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 110 108

As shown in Table 12, in comparison to the OLED of Ref12, in which thered EML includes the compound RD12 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex156 to Ex164, in which the red EML includes the compound RD12as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, andthe compound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

In addition, as Examples 156, 147, 159, 160, 162 and 163, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD12 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

25. Comparative Example 13 (Ref13)

The compound RD13 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

26. Examples (1) Examples 165 and 167 (Ex165 and Ex167)

The compound RD13 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 168 and 170 (Ex168 and Ex170)

The compound RD13 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 171 and 173 (Ex171 and Ex173)

The compound RD13 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 13 and Examples 165 to 173 are measured and listedin Table 13. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 13 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref13 RD13 CBP 4.26 100 100Ex165 RD13 RHH-2 REH-1 4.18 115 116 Ex166 RD13 RHH-2 REH-11 4.14 114 114Ex167 RD13 RHH-2 REH-16 4.17 113 109 Ex168 RD13 RHH-8 REH-1 4.15 116 118Ex169 RD13 RHH-8 REH-11 4.14 115 117 Ex170 RD13 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 113115 Ex171 RD13 RHH-20 REH-1 4.14 115 116 Ex172 RD13 RHH-20 REH-11 4.12112 113 Ex173 RD13 RHH-20 REH-16 4.15 111 111

As shown in Table 13, in comparison to the OLED of Ref13, in which thered EML includes the compound RD13 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex165 to Ex173, in which the red EML includes the compound RD13as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, andthe compound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

In addition, as Examples 165, 166, 168, 169, 171 and 172, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD13 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

27. Comparative Example 14 (Ref14)

The compound RD14 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

28. Examples (1) Examples 174 and 176 (Ex174 and Ex176)

The compound RD14 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 177 and 179 (Ex177 and Ex179)

The compound RD14 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 180 and 182 (Ex180 and Ex182)

The compound RD14 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 14 and Examples 174 to 182 are measured and listedin Table 14. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 14 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref14 RD14 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex174 RD14 RHH-2 REH-1 4.19 114 115 Ex175 RD14 RHH-2 REH-11 4.15 113 111Ex176 RD14 RHH-2 REH-16 4.17 112 108 Ex177 RD14 RHH-8 REH-1 4.15 115 116Ex178 RD14 RHH-8 REH-11 4.15 114 115 Ex179 RD14 RHH-8 REH-16 4.18 112110 Ex180 RD14 RHH-20 REH-1 4.16 114 113 Ex181 RD14 RHH-20 REH-11 4.14111 107 Ex182 RD14 RHH-20 REH-16 4.16 109 105

As shown in Table 14, in comparison to the OLED of Ref14, in which thered EML includes the compound RD14 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex174 to Ex182, in which the red EML includes the compound RD14as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, andthe compound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

In addition, as Examples 174, 175, 177, 178, 180 and 181, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD14 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

29. Comparative Example 15 (Ref15)

The compound RD15 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

30. Examples (1) Examples 183 and 185 (Ex183 and Ex185)

The compound RD15 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 186 and 188 (Ex186 and Ex188)

The compound RD15 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 189 and 191 (Ex189 and Ex191)

The compound RD15 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 15 and Examples 183 to 191 are measured and listedin Table 15. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 15 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref15 RD15 CBP 4.28 100 100Ex183 RD15 RHH-2 REH-1 4.19 115 116 Ex184 RD15 RHH-2 REH-11 4.16 113 113Ex185 RD15 RHH-2 REH-16 4.17 111 109 Ex186 RD15 RHH-8 REH-1 4.17 116 118Ex187 RD15 RHH-8 REH-11 4.16 115 114 Ex188 RD15 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 111108 Ex189 RD15 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 110 116 Ex190 RD15 RHH-20 REH-11 4.15108 110 Ex191 RD15 RHH-20 REH-16 4.17 104 108

As shown in Table 15, in comparison to the OLED of Ref15, in which thered EML includes the compound RD15 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex183 to Ex191, in which the red EML includes the compound RD15as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, andthe compound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

In addition, as Examples 183, 184, 186, 187, 189 and 190, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD15 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

31. Comparative Example 16 (Ref16)

The compound RD16 in Formula 8 and the compound (CBP) in Formula 7 areused as the dopant and host, respectively, to form the EML.

32. Examples (1) Examples 192 and 194 (Ex192 and Ex194)

The compound RD16 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 195 and 197 (Ex195 and Ex197)

The compound RD16 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 198 and 200 (Ex198 and Ex200)

The compound RD16 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML. (firsthost:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 16 and Examples 192 to 200 are measured and listedin Table 16. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 16 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref16 RD16 CBP 4.28 100 100Ex192 RD16 RHH-2 REH-1 4.19 115 117 Ex193 RD16 RHH-2 REH-11 4.17 112 115Ex194 RD16 RHH-2 REH-16 4.18 110 110 Ex195 RD16 RHH-8 REH-1 4.17 119 117Ex196 RD16 RHH-8 REH-11 4.16 117 113 Ex197 RD16 RHH-8 REH-16 4.18 113110 Ex198 RD16 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 111 117 Ex199 RD16 RHH-20 REH-11 4.15109 112 Ex200 RD16 RHH-20 REH-16 4.16 106 111

As shown in Table 16, in comparison to the OLED of Ref16, in which thered EML includes the compound RD16 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex192 to Ex200, in which the red EML includes the compound RD16as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 and RHH-20 as a first host, andthe compound REH-1, REH-11 and REH-16 as a second host, has advantagesin the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan.

In addition, as Examples 192, 193, 195, 196, 198 and 199, when thecompound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8 and RHH-20 as the first host and the compound RD16 as the dopantare included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when thesecond host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, in which Xis NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, withthe first host and the dopant are included in the red EML, the luminousefficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED are significantlyincreased.

33. Comparative Example 17 (Ref17)

The compound RD17 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

34. Examples (1) Examples 201 and 204 (Ex201 and Ex204)

The compound RD17 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 205 and 208 (Ex205 and Ex208)

The compound RD17 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 209 and 212 (Ex209 and Ex212)

The compound RD17 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 213 and 216 (Ex213 and Ex216)

The compound RD17 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 17 and Examples 201 to 216 are measured and listedin Table 17. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 17 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref17 RD17 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex201 RD17 RHH-2 REH-1 4.20 129 137 Ex202 RD17 RHH-2 REH-11 4.18 127 135Ex203 RD17 RHH-2 REH-16 4.21 118 121 Ex204 RD17 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 119117 Ex205 RD17 RHH-8 REH-1 4.15 132 140 Ex206 RD17 RHH-8 REH-11 4.14 124136 Ex207 RD17 RHH-8 REH-16 4.18 120 125 Ex208 RD17 RHH-8 REH-30 4.20117 120 Ex209 RD17 RHH-20 REH-1 4.13 128 135 Ex210 RD17 RHH-20 REH-114.11 127 131 Ex211 RD17 RHH-20 REH-16 4.15 115 127 Ex212 RD17 RHH-20REH-30 4.17 113 122 Ex213 RD17 RHH-27 REH-1 4.18 112 131 Ex214 RD17RHH-27 REH-11 4.18 111 128 Ex215 RD17 RHH-27 REH-16 4.21 109 119 Ex216RD17 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 109 120

As shown in Table 17, in comparison to the OLED of Ref17, in which thered EML includes the compound RD17 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex201 to Ex216, in which the red EML includes the compound RD17as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 201 to 212, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD17 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 201, 202, 205, 206, 209, 210, 213 and 214, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD17 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

35. Comparative Example 18 (Ref18)

The compound RD18 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

36. Examples (1) Examples 217 and 220 (Ex217 and Ex220)

The compound RD18 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 221 and 224 (Ex221 and Ex224)

The compound RD18 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 225 and 228 (Ex225 and Ex228)

The compound RD18 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 229 and 232 (Ex229 and Ex232)

The compound RD18 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 18 and Examples 217 to 232 are measured and listedin Table 18. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 18 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref18 RD18 CBP 4.25 100 100Ex217 RD18 RHH-2 REH-1 4.13 123 134 Ex218 RD18 RHH-2 REH-11 4.16 120 131Ex219 RD18 RHH-2 REH-16 4.17 116 123 Ex220 RD18 RHH-2 REH-30 4.20 113118 Ex221 RD18 RHH-8 REH-1 4.11 130 137 Ex222 RD18 RHH-8 REH-11 4.13 123134 Ex223 RD18 RHH-8 REH-16 4.17 119 128 Ex224 RD18 RHH-8 REH-30 4.19118 122 Ex225 RD18 RHH-20 REH-1 4.15 126 132 Ex226 RD18 RHH-20 REH-114.18 121 130 Ex227 RD18 RHH-20 REH-16 4.17 116 123 Ex228 RD18 RHH-20REH-30 4.19 112 120 Ex229 RD18 RHH-27 REH-1 4.16 116 129 Ex230 RD18RHH-27 REH-11 4.18 113 125 Ex231 RD18 RHH-27 REH-16 4.20 110 118 Ex232RD18 RHH-27 REH-30 4.22 111 115

As shown in Table 18, in comparison to the OLED of Ref18, in which thered EML includes the compound RD18 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex217 to Ex232, in which the red EML includes the compound RD18as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 217 to 228, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD18 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 217, 218, 221, 222, 225, 226, 229 and 230, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD18 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

37. Comparative Example 19 (Ref19)

The compound RD19 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

38. Examples (1) Examples 233 and 236 (Ex233 and Ex236)

The compound RD19 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 237 and 240 (Ex237 and Ex240)

The compound RD19 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 241 and 244 (Ex241 and Ex244)

The compound RD19 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 245 and 248 (Ex245 and Ex248)

The compound RD19 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 19 and Examples 233 to 248 are measured and listedin Table 19. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 19 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref19 RD19 CBP 4.26 100 100Ex233 RD19 RHH-2 REH-1 4.17 120 121 Ex234 RD19 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 117 117Ex235 RD19 RHH-2 REH-16 4.20 113 114 Ex236 RD19 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 108116 Ex237 RD19 RHH-8 REH-1 4.16 122 126 Ex238 RD19 RHH-8 REH-11 4.19 119122 Ex239 RD19 RHH-8 REH-16 4.20 115 116 Ex240 RD19 RHH-8 REH-30 4.20111 112 Ex241 RD19 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 119 120 Ex242 RD19 RHH-20 REH-114.20 115 116 Ex243 RD19 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 111 112 Ex244 RD19 RHH-20REH-30 4.22 108 105 Ex245 RD19 RHH-27 REH-1 4.20 117 118 Ex246 RD19RHH-27 REH-11 4.20 114 112 Ex247 RD19 RHH-27 REH-16 4.22 110 108 Ex248RD19 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 110 104

As shown in Table 19, in comparison to the OLED of Ref19, in which thered EML includes the compound RD19 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex233 to Ex248, in which the red EML includes the compound RD19as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 233 to 244, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD19 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 233, 234, 237, 238, 241, 242, 245 and 246, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD19 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

39. Comparative Example 20 (Ref20)

The compound RD20 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

40. Examples (1) Examples 249 and 252 (Ex249 and Ex252)

The compound RD20 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 253 and 256 (Ex253 and Ex256)

The compound RD20 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 257 and 260 (Ex257 and Ex260)

The compound RD20 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 261 and 264 (Ex261 and Ex264)

The compound RD20 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 20 and Examples 249 to 264 are measured and listedin Table 20. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 20 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref20 RD20 CBP 4.26 100 100Ex249 RD20 RHH-2 REH-1 4.18 122 123 Ex250 RD20 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 118 118Ex251 RD20 RHH-2 REH-16 4.21 114 115 Ex252 RD20 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 109115 Ex253 RD20 RHH-8 REH-1 4.17 123 128 Ex254 RD20 RHH-8 REH-11 4.19 120123 Ex255 RD20 RHH-8 REH-16 4.20 117 118 Ex256 RD20 RHH-8 REH-30 4.22112 115 Ex257 RD20 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 119 121 Ex258 RD20 RHH-20 REH-114.21 116 117 Ex259 RD20 RHH-20 REH-16 4.23 112 115 Ex260 RD20 RHH-20REH-30 4.23 110 113 Ex261 RD20 RHH-27 REH-1 4.19 119 119 Ex262 RD20RHH-27 REH-11 4.20 115 115 Ex263 RD20 RHH-27 REH-16 4.21 113 111 Ex264RD20 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 112 107

As shown in Table 20, in comparison to the OLED of Ref20, in which thered EML includes the compound RD20 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex249 to Ex264, in which the red EML includes the compound RD20as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 249 to 260, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD20 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 249, 250, 253, 254, 257, 258, 261 and 262, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD20 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

41. Comparative Example 21 (Ref21)

The compound RD21 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

42. Examples (1) Examples 265 and 268 (Ex265 and Ex268)

The compound RD21 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 269 and 272 (Ex269 and Ex272)

The compound RD21 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 273 and 276 (Ex273 and Ex276)

The compound RD21 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 277 and 280 (Ex277 and Ex280)

The compound RD21 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 21 and Examples 265 to 280 are measured and listedin Table 21. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 21 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref21 RD21 CBP 4.29 100 100Ex265 RD21 RHH-2 REH-1 4.22 127 135 Ex266 RD21 RHH-2 REH-11 4.20 124 132Ex267 RD21 RHH-2 REH-16 4.25 118 120 Ex268 RD21 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 118116 Ex269 RD21 RHH-8 REH-1 4.17 131 137 Ex270 RD21 RHH-8 REH-11 4.16 124134 Ex271 RD21 RHH-8 REH-16 4.22 120 124 Ex272 RD21 RHH-8 REH-30 4.18118 119 Ex273 RD21 RHH-20 REH-1 4.15 129 133 Ex274 RD21 RHH-20 REH-114.16 126 130 Ex275 RD21 RHH-20 REH-16 4.17 116 126 Ex276 RD21 RHH-20REH-30 4.15 113 121 Ex277 RD21 RHH-27 REH-1 4.20 115 129 Ex278 RD21RHH-27 REH-11 4.19 111 127 Ex279 RD21 RHH-27 REH-16 4.23 109 117 Ex280RD21 RHH-27 REH-30 4.20 110 119

As shown in Table 21, in comparison to the OLED of Ref21, in which thered EML includes the compound RD21 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex265 to Ex280, in which the red EML includes the compound RD21as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 265 to 276, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD21 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 265, 266, 269, 270, 273, 274, 277 and 278, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD21 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

43. Comparative Example 22 (Ref20)

The compound RD22 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

44. Examples (1) Examples 281 and 284 (Ex281 and Ex284)

The compound RD22 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 285 and 288 (Ex285 and Ex288)

The compound RD22 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 289 and 292 (Ex289 and Ex292)

The compound RD22 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 293 and 296 (Ex293 and Ex296)

The compound RD22 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 22 and Examples 281 to 296 are measured and listedin Table 22. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 22 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref22 RD22 CBP 4.26 100 100Ex281 RD22 RHH-2 REH-1 4.14 121 130 Ex282 RD22 RHH-2 REH-11 4.16 118 126Ex283 RD22 RHH-2 REH-16 4.18 115 120 Ex284 RD22 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 112117 Ex285 RD22 RHH-8 REH-1 4.13 127 135 Ex286 RD22 RHH-8 REH-11 4.17 124126 Ex287 RD22 RHH-8 REH-16 4.18 120 122 Ex288 RD22 RHH-8 REH-30 4.20118 120 Ex289 RD22 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 125 131 Ex290 RD22 RHH-20 REH-114.19 120 127 Ex291 RD22 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 117 123 Ex292 RD22 RHH-20REH-30 4.22 113 119 Ex293 RD22 RHH-27 REH-1 4.18 117 128 Ex294 RD22RHH-27 REH-11 4.20 114 126 Ex295 RD22 RHH-27 REH-16 4.22 111 119 Ex296RD22 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 110 113

As shown in Table 22, in comparison to the OLED of Ref22, in which thered EML includes the compound RD22 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex281 to Ex296, in which the red EML includes the compound RD22as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 281 to 292, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD22 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 281, 282, 285, 286, 289, 290, 293 and 294, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD22 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

45. Comparative Example 23 (Ref23)

The compound RD23 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

46. Examples (1) Examples 297 and 300 (Ex297 and Ex300)

The compound RD23 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 301 and 304 (Ex301 and Ex304)

The compound RD23 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 305 and 308 (Ex305 and Ex308)

The compound RD23 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 309 and 312 (Ex309 and Ex312)

The compound RD23 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 23 and Examples 297 to 312 are measured and listedin Table 23. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 23 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref23 RD23 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex297 RD23 RHH-2 REH-1 4.18 118 120 Ex298 RD23 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 115 116Ex299 RD23 RHH-2 REH-16 4.21 112 113 Ex300 RD23 RHH-2 REH-30 4.23 107112 Ex301 RD23 RHH-8 REH-1 4.17 120 125 Ex302 RD23 RHH-8 REH-11 4.19 117120 Ex303 RD23 RHH-8 REH-16 4.20 113 114 Ex304 RD23 RHH-8 REH-30 4.22110 110 Ex305 RD23 RHH-20 REH-1 4.19 115 119 Ex306 RD23 RHH-20 REH-114.20 113 115 Ex307 RD23 RHH-20 REH-16 4.22 108 111 Ex308 RD23 RHH-20REH-30 4.23 105 108 Ex309 RD23 RHH-27 REH-1 4.19 115 116 Ex310 RD23RHH-27 REH-11 4.21 112 111 Ex311 RD23 RHH-27 REH-16 4.22 107 107 Ex312RD23 RHH-27 REH-30 4.24 107 105

As shown in Table 23, in comparison to the OLED of Ref23, in which thered EML includes the compound RD23 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex297 to Ex312, in which the red EML includes the compound RD23as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 297 to 308, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD23 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 297, 298, 301, 302, 305, 306, 309 and 310, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD23 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

47. Comparative Example 24 (Ref24)

The compound RD24 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

48. Examples (1) Examples 313 and 316 (Ex313 and Ex316)

The compound RD24 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 317 and 320 (Ex317 and Ex320)

The compound RD24 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 321 and 324 (Ex321 and Ex324)

The compound RD24 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 325 and 328 (Ex325 and Ex328)

The compound RD24 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 24 and Examples 313 to 328 are measured and listedin Table 24. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 24 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref24 RD24 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex313 RD24 RHH-2 REH-1 4.17 119 120 Ex314 RD24 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 116 117Ex315 RD24 RHH-2 REH-16 4.21 111 113 Ex316 RD24 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 106111 Ex317 RD24 RHH-8 REH-1 4.16 121 126 Ex318 RD24 RHH-8 REH-11 4.18 117120 Ex319 RD24 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 115 115 Ex320 RD24 RHH-8 REH-30 4.21112 111 Ex321 RD24 RHH-20 REH-1 4.19 116 120 Ex322 RD24 RHH-20 REH-114.20 114 116 Ex323 RD24 RHH-20 REH-16 4.23 110 113 Ex324 RD24 RHH-20REH-30 4.22 106 109 Ex325 RD24 RHH-27 REH-1 4.20 116 117 Ex326 RD24RHH-27 REH-11 4.21 113 112 Ex327 RD24 RHH-27 REH-16 4.23 107 109 Ex328RD24 RHH-27 REH-30 4.25 105 106

As shown in Table 24, in comparison to the OLED of Ref24, in which thered EML includes the compound RD24 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex313 to Ex328, in which the red EML includes the compound RD24as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 313 to 324, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD24 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 313, 314, 317, 318, 321, 322, 325 and 326, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD24 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

49. Comparative Example 25 (Ref25)

The compound RD25 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

50. Examples (1) Examples 329 and 332 (Ex329 and Ex332)

The compound RD25 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 333 and 336 (Ex333 and Ex336)

The compound RD25 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 337 and 340 (Ex337 and Ex340)

The compound RD25 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 341 and 344 (Ex341 and Ex344)

The compound RD25 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 25 and Examples 329 to 344 are measured and listedin Table 25. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 25 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref25 RD25 CBP 4.29 100 100Ex329 RD25 RHH-2 REH-1 4.21 126 134 Ex330 RD25 RHH-2 REH-11 4.20 124 130Ex331 RD25 RHH-2 REH-16 4.22 120 121 Ex332 RD25 RHH-2 REH-30 4.23 118118 Ex333 RD25 RHH-8 REH-1 4.18 129 135 Ex334 RD25 RHH-8 REH-11 4.16 123132 Ex335 RD25 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 118 122 Ex336 RD25 RHH-8 REH-30 4.20117 118 Ex337 RD25 RHH-20 REH-1 4.16 126 133 Ex338 RD25 RHH-20 REH-114.15 126 129 Ex339 RD25 RHH-20 REH-16 4.17 114 125 Ex340 RD25 RHH-20REH-30 4.19 113 122 Ex341 RD25 RHH-27 REH-1 4.19 111 127 Ex342 RD25RHH-27 REH-11 4.19 110 125 Ex343 RD25 RHH-27 REH-16 4.22 108 114 Ex344RD25 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 109 113

As shown in Table 25, in comparison to the OLED of Ref25, in which thered EML includes the compound RD25 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex329 to Ex344, in which the red EML includes the compound RD25as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 329 to 340, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD25 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 329, 330, 333, 334, 337, 338, 341 and 342, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD25 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

51. Comparative Example 26 (Ref26)

The compound RD26 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) in

Formula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

52. Examples (1) Examples 345 and 348 (Ex345 and Ex348)

The compound RD26 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 349 and 352 (Ex349 and Ex352)

The compound RD26 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 353 and 356 (Ex353 and Ex356)

The compound RD26 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 357 and 360 (Ex357 and Ex360)

The compound RD26 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 26 and Examples 345 to 360 are measured and listedin Table 26. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 26 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref26 RD26 CBP 4.26 100 100Ex345 RD26 RHH-2 REH-1 4.15 121 131 Ex346 RD26 RHH-2 REH-11 4.16 117 127Ex347 RD26 RHH-2 REH-16 4.18 115 121 Ex348 RD26 RHH-2 REH-30 4.23 110118 Ex349 RD26 RHH-8 REH-1 4.13 126 134 Ex350 RD26 RHH-8 REH-11 4.17 123126 Ex351 RD26 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 119 121 Ex352 RD26 RHH-8 REH-30 4.22116 121 Ex353 RD26 RHH-20 REH-1 4.17 124 130 Ex354 RD26 RHH-20 REH-114.18 120 127 Ex355 RD26 RHH-20 REH-16 4.22 117 122 Ex356 RD26 RHH-20REH-30 4.23 115 118 Ex357 RD26 RHH-27 REH-1 4.18 118 127 Ex358 RD26RHH-27 REH-11 4.19 113 124 Ex359 RD26 RHH-27 REH-16 4.21 110 117 Ex360RD26 RHH-27 REH-30 4.22 108 114

As shown in Table 26, in comparison to the OLED of Ref26, in which thered EML includes the compound RD26 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex345 to Ex360, in which the red EML includes the compound RD26as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 345 to 356, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD26 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 345, 346, 349, 350, 353, 354, 357 and 358, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD26 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

53. Comparative Example 27 (Ref27)

The compound RD27 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

54. Examples (1) Examples 361 and 364 (Ex361 and Ex364)

The compound RD27 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 365 and 368 (Ex365 and Ex368)

The compound RD27 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 369 and 372 (Ex369 and Ex372)

The compound RD27 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 373 and 376 (Ex373 and Ex376)

The compound RD27 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 27 and Examples 361 to 376 are measured and listedin Table 27. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 27 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref27 RD27 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex361 RD27 RHH-2 REH-1 4.19 119 122 Ex362 RD27 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 115 118Ex363 RD27 RHH-2 REH-16 4.21 113 114 Ex364 RD27 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 108111 Ex365 RD27 RHH-8 REH-1 4.17 121 127 Ex366 RD27 RHH-8 REH-11 4.18 117121 Ex367 RD27 RHH-8 REH-16 4.20 112 117 Ex368 RD27 RHH-8 REH-30 4.21109 113 Ex369 RD27 RHH-20 REH-1 4.19 116 120 Ex370 RD27 RHH-20 REH-114.20 113 116 Ex371 RD27 RHH-20 REH-16 4.20 110 112 Ex372 RD27 RHH-20REH-30 4.22 108 109 Ex373 RD27 RHH-27 REH-1 4.20 116 118 Ex374 RD27RHH-27 REH-11 4.21 111 113 Ex375 RD27 RHH-27 REH-16 4.22 109 108 Ex376RD27 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 108 106

As shown in Table 27, in comparison to the OLED of Ref27, in which thered EML includes the compound RD27 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex361 to Ex376, in which the red EML includes the compound RD27as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 361 to 372, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD27 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 361, 362, 365, 366, 369, 370, 373 and 374, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD27 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

55. Comparative Example 28 (Ref28)

The compound RD28 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

56. Examples (1) Examples 377 and 380 (Ex377 and Ex380)

The compound RD28 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 381 and 384 (Ex381 and Ex384)

The compound RD28 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 385 and 388 (Ex385 and Ex388)

The compound RD28 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 389 and 392 (Ex389 and Ex392)

The compound RD28 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 28 and Examples 377 to 392 are measured and listedin Table 28. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 28 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref28 RD28 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex377 RD28 RHH-2 REH-1 4.17 118 122 Ex378 RD28 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 114 118Ex379 RD28 RHH-2 REH-16 4.20 110 114 Ex380 RD28 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 105112 Ex381 RD28 RHH-8 REH-1 4.15 123 125 Ex382 RD28 RHH-8 REH-11 4.16 119121 Ex383 RD28 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 115 117 Ex384 RD28 RHH-8 REH-30 4.20111 113 Ex385 RD28 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 117 119 Ex386 RD28 RHH-20 REH-114.20 114 114 Ex387 RD28 RHH-20 REH-16 4.22 111 112 Ex388 RD28 RHH-20REH-30 4.23 107 110 Ex389 RD28 RHH-27 REH-1 4.19 115 118 Ex390 RD28RHH-27 REH-11 4.20 112 113 Ex391 RD28 RHH-27 REH-16 4.22 108 110 Ex392RD28 RHH-27 REH-30 4.24 107 108

As shown in Table 28, in comparison to the OLED of Ref28, in which thered EML includes the compound RD28 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex377 to Ex392, in which the red EML includes the compound RD28as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 377 to 388, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD28 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 377, 378, 381, 382, 385, 386, 389 and 390, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD28 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

57. Comparative Example 29 (Ref29)

The compound RD29 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

58. Examples (1) Examples 393 and 396 (Ex393 and Ex396)

The compound RD29 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 397 and 400 (Ex397 and Ex400)

The compound RD29 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 401 and 404 (Ex401 and Ex404)

The compound RD29 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 405 and 408 (Ex405 and Ex408)

The compound RD29 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 29 and Examples 393 to 408 are measured and listedin Table 29. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 29 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref29 RD29 CBP 4.30 100 100Ex393 RD29 RHH-2 REH-1 4.23 125 131 Ex394 RD29 RHH-2 REH-11 4.21 122 129Ex395 RD29 RHH-2 REH-16 4.24 120 119 Ex396 RD29 RHH-2 REH-30 4.24 117115 Ex397 RD29 RHH-8 REH-1 4.18 128 135 Ex398 RD29 RHH-8 REH-11 4.17 118132 Ex399 RD29 RHH-8 REH-16 4.20 117 122 Ex400 RD29 RHH-8 REH-30 4.20116 118 Ex401 RD29 RHH-20 REH-1 4.16 124 131 Ex402 RD29 RHH-20 REH-114.15 122 128 Ex403 RD29 RHH-20 REH-16 4.19 114 125 Ex404 RD29 RHH-20REH-30 4.20 111 120 Ex405 RD29 RHH-27 REH-1 4.21 111 127 Ex406 RD29RHH-27 REH-11 4.22 107 126 Ex407 RD29 RHH-27 REH-16 4.23 106 115 Ex408RD29 RHH-27 REH-30 4.24 107 116

As shown in Table 29, in comparison to the OLED of Ref29, in which thered EML includes the compound RD29 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex393 to Ex408, in which the red EML includes the compound RD29as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 393 to 404, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD29 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 393, 394, 397, 398, 401, 402, 405 and 406, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD29 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

59. Comparative Example 30 (Ref30)

The compound RD30 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) in

Formula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

60. Examples (1) Examples 409 and 412 (Ex409 and Ex412)

The compound RD30 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 413 and 416 (Ex413 and Ex416)

The compound RD30 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 417 and 420 (Ex417 and Ex420)

The compound RD30 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 421 and 424 (Ex421 and Ex424)

The compound RD30 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 30 and Examples 409 to 424 are measured and listedin Table 30. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 30 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref30 RD30 CBP 4.26 100 100Ex409 RD30 RHH-2 REH-1 4.16 120 130 Ex410 RD30 RHH-2 REH-11 4.16 117 126Ex411 RD30 RHH-2 REH-16 4.19 114 122 Ex412 RD30 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 108118 Ex413 RD30 RHH-8 REH-1 4.14 125 134 Ex414 RD30 RHH-8 REH-11 4.17 122127 Ex415 RD30 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 117 123 Ex416 RD30 RHH-8 REH-30 4.21115 120 Ex417 RD30 RHH-20 REH-1 4.16 122 129 Ex418 RD30 RHH-20 REH-114.18 118 125 Ex419 RD30 RHH-20 REH-16 4.20 115 121 Ex420 RD30 RHH-20REH-30 4.22 112 119 Ex421 RD30 RHH-27 REH-1 4.18 118 126 Ex422 RD30RHH-27 REH-11 4.19 114 123 Ex423 RD30 RHH-27 REH-16 4.20 111 118 Ex424RD30 RHH-27 REH-30 4.22 110 113

As shown in Table 30, in comparison to the OLED of Ref30, in which thered EML includes the compound RD30 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex409 to Ex424, in which the red EML includes the compound RD30as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 409 to 420, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD30 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 409, 410, 413, 414, 417, 418, 421 and 422, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD30 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

61. Comparative Example 31 (Ref31)

The compound RD31 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

62. Examples (1) Examples 425 and 428 (Ex425 and Ex428)

The compound RD31 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 429 and 432 (Ex429 and Ex432)

The compound RD31 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 433 and 436 (Ex433 and Ex436)

The compound RD31 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 437 and 440 (Ex437 and Ex440)

The compound RD31 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 31 and Examples 425 to 440 are measured and listedin Table 31. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 31 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref31 RD31 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex425 RD31 RHH-2 REH-1 4.18 118 121 Ex426 RD31 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 115 117Ex427 RD31 RHH-2 REH-16 4.20 112 114 Ex428 RD31 RHH-2 REH-30 4.22 110110 Ex429 RD31 RHH-8 REH-1 4.16 124 126 Ex430 RD31 RHH-8 REH-11 4.18 118121 Ex431 RD31 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 113 118 Ex432 RD31 RHH-8 REH-30 4.20111 114 Ex433 RD31 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 117 118 Ex434 RD31 RHH-20 REH-114.20 112 115 Ex435 RD31 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 109 112 Ex436 RD31 RHH-20REH-30 4.22 106 108 Ex437 RD31 RHH-27 REH-1 4.19 116 117 Ex438 RD31RHH-27 REH-11 4.21 113 112 Ex439 RD31 RHH-27 REH-16 4.22 108 109 Ex440RD31 RHH-27 REH-30 4.24 106 107

As shown in Table 31, in comparison to the OLED of Ref31, in which thered EML includes the compound RD31 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex425 to Ex440, in which the red EML includes the compound RD31as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 425 to 436, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD31 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 425, 426, 429, 430, 433, 434, 437 and 438, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD31 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

63. Comparative Example 32 (Ref32)

The compound RD32 in Formula 8 as the dopant and the compound (CBP) inFormula 7 as the host are used to form the EML.

64. Examples (1) Examples 441 and 444 (Ex441 and Ex444)

The compound RD32 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-2 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(2) Examples 445 and 448 (Ex445 and Ex448)

The compound RD32 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-8 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(3) Examples 449 and 452 (Ex449 and Ex452)

The compound RD32 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-20 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

(4) Examples 453 and 456 (Ex453 and Ex456)

The compound RD32 in Formula 8 as the dopant, the compound RHH-27 inFormula 2-2 as a first host, and the compounds REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 andREH-30 in Formula 3-4 as a second dopant are used to form the EML.(first host:second host=1:1 (weight %))

The properties, i.e., the driving voltage (V), the external quantumefficiency (EQE) and the lifespan (LT95), of the OLEDs manufactured inComparative Example 32 and Examples 441 to 456 are measured and listedin Table 32. The properties of the OLED were measured at the roomtemperature using a current source (KEITHLEY) and a photometer (PR 650).The driving voltage and the external quantum efficiency were measuredunder the condition of a current density of 10 mA/cm², and the lifespan(the time to reach 95% of the lifespan) was measured at 40° C. under 40mA/cm² condition.

TABLE 32 EML EQE LT95 Dopant Host V (%) (%) Ref32 RD32 CBP 4.27 100 100Ex441 RD32 RHH-2 REH-1 4.17 119 121 Ex442 RD32 RHH-2 REH-11 4.19 113 117Ex443 RD32 RHH-2 REH-16 4.21 110 114 Ex444 RD32 RHH-2 REH-30 4.23 107110 Ex445 RD32 RHH-8 REH-1 4.16 121 125 Ex446 RD32 RHH-8 REH-11 4.17 117120 Ex447 RD32 RHH-8 REH-16 4.19 113 116 Ex448 RD32 RHH-8 REH-30 4.19110 112 Ex449 RD32 RHH-20 REH-1 4.18 116 118 Ex450 RD32 RHH-20 REH-114.19 113 113 Ex451 RD32 RHH-20 REH-16 4.21 110 110 Ex452 RD32 RHH-20REH-30 4.23 108 110 Ex453 RD32 RHH-27 REH-1 4.18 116 119 Ex454 RD32RHH-27 REH-11 4.19 110 114 Ex455 RD32 RHH-27 REH-16 4.21 108 112 Ex456RD32 RHH-27 REH-30 4.23 106 110

As shown in Table 32, in comparison to the OLED of Ref32, in which thered EML includes the compound RD32 as a dopant and CBP as a host, theOLED of Ex441 to Ex456, in which the red EML includes the compound RD32as a dopant, the compound RHH-2, RHH-8, RHH-20 and RHH-27 as a firsthost, and the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 and REH-30 as a secondhost, has advantages in the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency andthe luminous lifespan.

In addition, as Examples 441 to 448, when the compound RHH-2, RHH-8 orRHH-20 as the first host with the compound REH-1, REH-11, REH-16 orREH-30 as the second host and the compound RD32 as the dopant areincluded in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and the luminouslifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, when the firsthost being the compound in Formula 2-1, in which one of X¹ and X² is N,the other one of X¹ and X² is O, and each of R¹ to R³ is anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group, with the second host andthe dopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased.

Moreover, as Examples 441, 442, 445, 446, 449, 450, 453 and 454, whenthe compound REH-1 or REH-11 as the second host with the compound RHH-2,RHH-8, RHH-20 or RHH-27 as the first host and the compound RD32 as thedopant are included in the red EML, the luminous efficiency and theluminous lifespan of the OLED are significantly increased. Namely, whenthe second host being the compound in one of Formulas 3-1 to 3-3, inwhich X is NR² and R² is an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ arylgroup, with the first host and the dopant are included in the red EML,the luminous efficiency and the luminous lifespan of the OLED aresignificantly increased.

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that variousmodifications and variations can be made in the present disclosurewithout departing from the scope of the invention. Thus, it is intendedthat the present disclosure cover the modifications and variations ofthe present disclosure provided they come within the scope of theappended claims.

What is claimed is:
 1. An organic light emitting diode, comprising: afirst electrode; a second electrode facing the first electrode; and afirst emitting part including a first red emitting material layer andpositioned between the first and second electrodes, wherein the firstred emitting material layer includes a first compound, a second compoundand a third compound, wherein the first compound is represented byFormula 1-1:

wherein in Formula 1-1: M is molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), rhenium(Re), ruthenium (Ru), osmium (Os), rhodium (Rh), iridium (Ir), palladium(Pd), platinum (Pt) or silver (Ag); each of A and B is a carbon atom; Ris an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroalicyclic group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic groupor an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group; each ofX¹ to X¹¹ is independently a carbon atom, CR¹ or N; only one of: a ring(a) with X³-X⁵, Y¹ and A; or a ring (b) with X⁸-X¹¹, Y² and B is formed;and if the ring (a) is formed, each of X³ and Y¹ is a carbon atom, X⁶and X⁷ or X⁷ and X⁸ forms an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀alicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroalicyclic ring, an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring oran unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring; and Y² isBR², CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te,TeO₂, or NR^(a), wherein R^(a) is an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀alkyl group or an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group; ifthe ring (b) is forms, each of X⁸ and Y² is a carbon atom, X¹ and X² orX² and X³ forms an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring,an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic ring, anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring or an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring; and Y¹ is BR², CR²R³, C═O,SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, or NR^(a),wherein R^(a) is an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group oran unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group, each of R¹ to R³is independently hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogen atom,a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group, ahydrazine group, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylgroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrilegroup, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group or an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group, optionally, two adjacent R¹, and/or R² andR³ form an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic ring, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic ring, anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic ring or an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic ring;

is an auxiliary ligand; m is an integer of 1 to 3; n is an integer of 0to 2; and m+n is an oxidation number of M, wherein the second compoundis represented by Formula 2-1:

wherein in Formula 2-1: one of X¹² and X¹³ is a nitrogen atom (N), andthe other one of X¹² and X¹³ is an oxygen atom (O) or a sulfur atom (S);each of R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶ is independently selected from the groupconsisting of an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group; and L is selectedfrom the group consisting of an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀arylene group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroarylenegroup; and a is 0 or 1, wherein the third compound is represented byFormula 3-1:

wherein in Formula 3-1: X is NR⁸, O or S, R⁸ is selected from the groupconsisting of an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group, and R⁷ is selected from the groupconsisting of an unsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group.
 2. The organiclight emitting diode of claim 1, wherein Formula 1-1 is represented byFormula 1-2:

wherein each of X²¹ to X²⁷ is independently CR¹ or N, wherein Y³ is BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, orNR^(a), and wherein each of M, R,

m, n, R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1.
 3. Theorganic light emitting diode of claim 1, wherein Formula 1-1 isrepresented by Formula 1-3:

wherein each of X³¹ to X³⁸ is independently CR¹ or N, wherein Y⁴ is BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te, TeO₂, orNR^(a), and wherein each of M, m,

n, R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1.
 4. The organiclight emitting diode of claim 2, wherein Formula 1-2 is represented byFormula 1-4 or Formula 1-5:

wherein each of X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ is independently CR¹ or N, and wherein eachof M, R,

m, n, R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1, and X²¹ toX²⁴ and Y³ is same as defined in Formula 1-2.
 5. The organic lightemitting diode of claim 3, wherein Formula 1-3 is represented by Formula1-6 or Formula 1-7:

wherein each of X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ is independently CR¹ or N, and wherein eachof M,

m, n, R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined in Formula 1-1, and each ofX³⁴ to X³⁸ and Y⁴ is same as defined in Formula 1-3.
 6. The organiclight emitting diode of claim 1, wherein Formula 1-1 is represented byone of Formula 1-8 to Formula 1-11:

wherein R in Formulas 1-8 and 1-9 is same as defined in Formula 1-1,wherein each of X²¹ to X²⁴, X³⁴ to X³⁸, X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ isindependently CR¹ or wherein each of Y³ and Y⁴ is independently BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te or TeO₂,or NR^(a), wherein each of R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined inFormula 1-1, wherein each of R¹¹ to R¹³ is independently selected fromthe group consisting of hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogenatom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group,a hydrazine group, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylgroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrilegroup, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group and an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group, wherein m is an integer of 1 to 3, and nis an integer of 0 to 2, and wherein m+n is
 3. 7. The organic lightemitting diode of claim 1, wherein Formula 1-1 is represented by one ofFormula 1-12 to Formula 1-15:

wherein R in Formulas 1-12 and 1-13 is same as defined in Formula 1-1,wherein each of X²¹ to X²⁴, X³⁴ to X³⁸, X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ isindependently CR¹ or wherein each of Y³ and Y⁴ is independently BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te or TeO₂,or NR^(a), wherein each of R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined inFormula 1-1, wherein each of R⁶¹ to R⁶⁴ is independently selected fromthe group consisting of hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogenatom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group,a hydrazine group, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylgroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrilegroup, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group and an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group, wherein m is an integer of 1 to 3, and nis an integer of 0 to 2, and wherein m+n is
 3. 8. The organic lightemitting diode of claim 1, wherein Formula 1-1 is represented by one ofFormula 1-16 to Formula 1-19:

wherein R in Formulas 1-16 and 1-17 is same as defined in Formula 1-1,wherein each of X²¹ to X²⁴, X³⁴ to X³⁸, X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ isindependently CR¹ or wherein each of Y³ and Y⁴ is independently BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te or TeO₂,or NR^(a), wherein each of R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined inFormula 1-1, wherein each of to R⁷³ is independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, protium, deuterium, tritium, a halogenatom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amidino group,a hydrazine group, a hydrozone group, an unsubstituted or substitutedC₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylgroup, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, an amino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group, an unsubstitutedor substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrilegroup, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, a phosphino group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group and an unsubstituted or substitutedC₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group, wherein m is an integer of 1 to 3, and nis an integer of 0 to 2, and wherein m+n is
 3. 9. The organic lightemitting diode of claim 1, wherein Formula 1-1 is represented by one ofFormula 1-20 to Formula 1-23:

wherein R in Formulas 1-20 and 1-21 is same as defined in Formula 1-1,wherein each of X²¹ to X²⁴, X³⁴ to X³⁸, X⁴¹ to X⁴⁵ and X⁵¹ to X⁵⁵ isindependently CR¹ or wherein each of Y³ and Y⁴ is independently BR²,CR²R³, C═O, SiR²R³, GeR²R³, PR², P═O, O, S, SO₂, Se, SeO₂, Te or TeO₂,or NR^(a), wherein each of R¹ to R³ and R^(a) is same as defined inFormula 1-1, wherein each of R⁸¹ to R⁸⁵ in Formulas 1-20 to 1-23 isindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, protium,deuterium, tritium, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, anitro group, an amidino group, a hydrazine group, a hydrozone group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₂-C₂₀alkynyl group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy group, anamino group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl amino group,an unsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl silyl group, a carboxylgroup, a nitrile group, an isonitrile group, a sulfanyl group, aphosphino group, an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ alicyclic group,an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero alicyclic group, anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aromatic group and an unsubstitutedor substituted C₃-C₃₀ hetero aromatic group, wherein m is an integer of1 to 3, and n is an integer of 0 to 2, and wherein m+n is
 3. 10. Theorganic light emitting diode of claim 1, wherein the first compound isone of the following compounds:


11. The organic light emitting diode of claim 1, wherein the secondcompound is one of the following compounds:


12. The organic light emitting diode of claim 1, wherein Formula 3-1 isrepresented by Formula 3-2:

wherein X is NR², O or S, R² is selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀heteroaryl group, and R¹ is selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group.
 13. The organic light emittingdiode of claim 1, wherein Formula 3-1 is represented by Formula 3-3:

wherein X is NR², O or S, R² is selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl group, an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted or substituted C₃-C₃₀heteroaryl group, and R¹ is selected from the group consisting of anunsubstituted or substituted C₆-C₃₀ aryl group and an unsubstituted orsubstituted C₃-C₃₀ heteroaryl group.
 14. The organic light emittingdiode of claim 1, wherein the third compound is one of the followingcompounds:


15. The organic light emitting diode of claim 1, wherein each of aweight % of the second and third compounds is greater than a weight % ofthe first compound.
 16. The organic light emitting diode of claim 1,further comprising: a second emitting part including a second redemitting material layer and positioned between the first emitting partand the second electrode; and a charge generation layer positionedbetween the first and second emitting parts.
 17. The organic lightemitting diode of claim 16, wherein the second emitting material layerincludes a fourth compound represented by Formula 1-1, a fifth compoundrepresented by Formula 2-1 and a sixth compound represented by Formula3-1.
 18. The organic light emitting diode of claim 1, furthercomprising: a second emitting part including a first blue emittingmaterial layer and positioned between the first electrode and the firstemitting part; and a first charge generation layer positioned betweenthe first and second emitting parts.
 19. The organic light emittingdiode of claim 18, further comprising: a third emitting part including asecond blue emitting material layer and positioned between the firstemitting part and the second electrode; and a second charge generationlayer positioned between the first and third emitting parts.
 20. Theorganic light emitting diode of claim 19, wherein the first emittingpart further includes a green emitting material layer positioned betweenthe red emitting material layer and the second charge generation layer.21. The organic light emitting diode of claim 20, wherein the firstemitting part further includes a yellow-green emitting material layerpositioned between the red and green emitting material layers.
 22. Anorganic light emitting device, comprising: a substrate; the organiclight emitting diode of claim 1 positioned on the substrate.